PUBLIC INVOLVEMENT TECHNIQUES
FOR TRANSPORTATION DECISION-MAKING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FOREWORD
USER'S GUIDE
Chapter 1. INFORMING PEOPLE THROUGH OUTREACH AND ORGANIZATION
A. Bringing a core participation group together
Civic advisory committees
Citizens on decision and policy bodies
Collaborative task forces
B. Including people who are underserved by transportation
Ethnic, minority, and low-income groups
Americans with disabilities
C. Providing substantive information and establishing methods of
communication
Mailing lists
Public information materials
Key person interviews
Briefings
Video techniques
Telephone techniques
Media strategies
Speakers' bureaus and public involvement volunteers
D. Taking initial action steps
Chapter 2. INVOLVING PEOPLE FACE-TO-FACE THROUGH MEETINGS
A. Determining the type of meeting
Public meetings/hearings
Open houses/open forum hearings
Conferences, workshops, and retreats
B. Selecting an organizing feature for a meeting
Brainstorming
Charrettes
Visioning
Small group techniques
C. Taking initial action steps
Chapter 3. GETTING FEEDBACK FROM PARTICIPANTS
A. Establishing places people can find information and interact
On-line services
Hotlines
Drop-in centers
B. Designing programs to bring out community viewpoints and resolve
differences
Focus groups
Public opinion surveys
Facilitation
Negotiation and mediation
C. Taking initial action steps
Chapter 4. USING SPECIAL TECHNIQUES TO ENHANCE PARTICIPATION
A. Holding special events
Transportation fairs
Games and contests
B. Changing a meeting approach
Improving meeting attendance
Role playing
Site visits
Non-traditional meeting places and events
C. Finding new ways to communicate
Interactive television
Interactive video displays and kiosks
Computer presentations and simulations
Teleconferencing
D. Taking initial action steps
FOREWORD
For the transportation community, involving the public in planning and
project development poses a major challenge. Many people are skeptical
about whether they can truly influence the outcome of a transportation
project, whether highway or transit. Others feel that transportation plans,
whether at the statewide or metropolitan level, are too abstract and long-term
to warrant attention. Often the public finds both metropolitan and statewide
transportation improvement programs incomprehensible.
How, then, does a transportation agency grab and hold people's
interest in a project or plan, convince them that active involvement is
worthwhile, and provide the means for them to have direct and meaningful
impact on its decisions? This report gives agencies access to a wide variety
of tools to involve the public in developing specific plans, programs,
or projects through their public involvement processes.
Designing a Public Involvement Program
Developing an effective public involvement program is a strategic effort
that requires assembling a selection of techniques to meet the needs of
a given transportation plan, program, or project. Current Federal statutes
and regulations derived largely from the Intermodal Surface Transportation
Efficiency Act (ISTEA) and the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)
provide general guidelines for locally developed public involvement processes
and procedures. There is, however, great flexibility available to transportation
agencies in developing specific public involvement programs. Every given
situation is different, and each approach to a specific public involvement
challenge will be unique.
Whether designing a public involvement program for statewide or metropolitan
planning or for an individual transportation investment, it is wise to
pursue a systematic thought process based on fundamental guidelines and
following a series of steps. The five guidelines are:
1. Acting in accord with basic democratic principles means that
public involvement is more than simply following legislation and regulations.
In a democratic society, people have opportunities to debate issues, frame
alternative solutions, and affect final decisions in ways that respect
the roles of decision-makers. Knowledge is the basis of such participation.
The public needs to know details about a plan or project to evaluate its
importance or anticipated costs and benefits. Agency goals reflect community
goals. Through continued interaction with the entire community, agencies
build community support and, more importantly, assure that the public has
the opportunity to help shape the substance of plans and projects. In summary,
public agencies act as public servants.
2. Continuous contact between agency and non-agency people throughout
transportation decision-making, from the earliest stages, as one or
more transportation problems are identified, through defining purpose and
need or planning principles, through the development of a range of potential
solutions, and up to the decision to implement a particular solution.
3. Use of a variety of public involvement techniques that target
different groups or individuals in different ways or target the same groups
or individuals in different ways. A single, one-size-fits-all approach
usually results in missing many people.
4. Active outreach to the public means agencies search out the
public and work hard to elicit response. It is true that resources are
limited, and agencies cannot make anyone participate. However, transportation
agencies have repeatedly found that going after the public and changing
unsuccessful approaches brings greater results.
5. Focusing participation on decisions rather than on conducting
participation activities because they are required. Decisions include both
the continuous stream of informal decisions made by agency staff and lower-level
management and the less frequent formal decisions made by decision-makers.
Timely agency response to ideas from the public and integration of ideas
from the public into decisions shows the public that participation is worthwhile.
A focus on the wide range of possible decisions gets agencies past simply
offering the public passive opportunities to comment on proposals just
before formal decision-making.
The following five steps form one approach to systematically setting
up and implementing a public involvement program for a specific plan, program,
or project.
1. Set goals and objectives for your public involvement program.
The goals and objectives derive from the specific circumstances of a given
transportation plan, program, or project. What decisions, formal or informal,
are to be made? When? By whom? What public input is needed? Public input
can be in the form of a consensus on a plan or a buildable project. Consensus
does not mean that everyone agrees enthusiastically but that all influential
groups and individuals can live with a proposal. Public input can be in
the form of information used by staff or decision makers. Agencies use
the objectives to form the public involvement program. The more specific
the objectives, the better they will guide the involvement program.
2. Identify the people to be reached. The general public and
those directly affected, such as abutting property owners, are some of
those who should be reached. Review who is affected directly and indirectly,
as well as those who have shown past interest. Look for people who do not
traditionally participate, such as minorities and low-income groups. What
information do they need to participate? What issues or decisions affect
which specific groups or individuals? How can their ideas be incorporated
into decisions? New individuals and groups appear throughout a public involvement
program; there should be a way to identify and involve them. Conceptualize
the public as a collection of discrete groups, individuals, and the general
public; each has different interests and different levels of energy for
participation.
Usually, there two steps interact and are conducted simultaneously.
In addition to brainstorming and analysis by agency staff, ask members
of the public for their input on goals, objectives, and names of people
who might be interested. This can be done through key person interviews
(Chapter 1C of this report) or focus groups or public opinion surveys (Chapter
3B).
3. Develop a general approach or set of general strategies that
are keyed to the goals and objectives of the involvement program and the
characteristics of the target audiences. For example, if an objective is
to find out what people think about a given proposal, Chapter 3B offers
several techniques for eliciting viewpoints. Strategies fit the target
audience in terms of what input is desired and the level of interest or
education. Chapter 1B addresses the underserved, minorities, and the disabled.
General approaches respect agency resources of time, money, and staff.
A general approach can be visualized in terms of a principal technique;
for example, a civic advisory committee (Chapter 1A). It could be visualized
as a stream of different activities keyed to specific planning or project
decisions. Alternatively, a general approach could be viewed as a focus
on one or more public groups or interests. Be sure to check with members
of the public for ideas on your general approach and whether the public
to be reached finds the approach acceptable.
4. Flesh out the approach with specific techniques. Consult past
experience for what works and does not work. Look at manuals of techniques.
The techniques in this report are arranged in thematic groups. For example,
Chapter 2 presents a variety of approaches for meeting face-to-face with
people. Look at the table of contents and browse the groups that look interesting.
Follow the marginal cross-references for related techniques. Review the
"Taking Initial Steps" sections at the
end of each chapter for ideas. See ideas from agencies who have had successful
experiences with public involvement. Choose techniques that fit your specific
purpose and your public. target individual groups with appropriate techniques.
Approaches that fit the general public often do not fit specific groups
well and result in lack of attendance at meetings. Do not isolate groups;
provide a way for them to come together and for the general public to review
what groups have contributed. If participation lags or you need special
approaches like computer simulations, look at Chapter 4.
5. Assure that proposed strategies and techniques aid decision-making
to close the loop. Ask agency staff the following questions: Are many
people participating with good ideas? Are key groups participating? Is
the public getting enough information as a basis for meaningful input?
Chapter 1C has many ways to get information out to people. Are decision-makers
getting adequate public information when it is needed? If a consensus is
needed for decision-making, consensus-building techniques like negotiation
and mediation (Chapter 3B) or collaborative task forces (Chapter 1A) may
be useful. Ask participants who is missing from the participation process.
How can missing participants be attracted? Do participants think discussion
is full and complete? Do they think the agency is responsive? Is participation
regarding? If not, why not? Continually evaluate and make mid-course corrections.
HOW TO USE THIS REPORT
This is a reference work that makes a wide variety of public involvement
techniques available to transportation agencies. It includes the 14 techniques
originally published in Innovations in Public Involvement for Transportation
Planning. There are four chapters with subsections that group techniques
thematically by function. Each chapter ends with a final subsection called
"Taking Initial Steps," indicated in the
margin by an "action" symbol.
To assist practitioners in coordinating a full public involvement program,
each technique is cross-referenced in the margin to other related techniques.
The organizing principle for each technique is a series of questions, such
as "Why is it useful?" or "What are the
drawbacks?" Each technique is symbolized
by a visual "icon" that introduces the
technique and is repeated in the right-hand page headers. The wide margins
allow room for personal notes by users.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Howard/Stein-Hudson Associates and Parsons Brinckerhoff Quade and Douglas
wish to thank the advisory panel members who donated their time to this
project, providing information and reviewing the text: Philip Chisholm,
Public Hearing Officer, Michigan Department of Transportation; Hank Dittmar,
Executive Director, Surface Transportation Policy Project; Barbara Dougherty,
Communications Program Manager, Central Puget Sound Regional Transit Authority;
Blair Forlaw, Director of Youth and Innovative Affairs, EastBWest
Gateway Regional Council; Gloria Gaines, Manager of Planning, Metropolitan
Area Regional Transit Authority; Ed Hall, Transportation Specialist, U.S.
Department of the Interior Bureau of Indian Affairs; Anne Haynes, Chairwoman,
D.C. Citizens' Advisory Committee; Aileen Hernandes, President, Aileen
Hernandes Associates; Robert Johns, Acting Director, Center for Transportation
Studies; Deborah Jones, Senior Planner, Regional Transit (Sacramento);
Bruce McDowell, Director of Government Policy Research, Advisory Commission
on Intergovernmental Relations; Servando M. Parapar, Director of Planning
and Programs, Florida Department of Transportation; Marilyn Skolnick, Board
Member, Port Authority of Allegheny County; Michael Stern, Attorney, Connecticut
Fund for the Environment; Linda Thehlke, Director of Office of Public Affairs,
Wisconsin Department of Transportation; William Wilkinson, Executive Director,
Bicycle Federation of America; and Kristina Younger, Senior Transportation
Planner, Capital District Transportation Committee (Albany).
The researchers also wish to thank the many State departments of transportation,
metropolitan planning organizations, transit agencies, and other organizations
who generously provided information about their public involvement practices.
USER'S GUIDE
This volume is organized into four chapters:
Informing people through organization and outreach
Involving people face-to-face through meetings
Getting feedback from participants
Using special techniques to enhance participation
Each chapter is broken down into several subsections containing groups
of public involvement techniques. In addition, each chapter has a final
subsection called "Taking Initial Steps," indicated in the margin by an
"action" symbol:
The basic organizing principle of each of the techniques is a series
of questions, such as "Why is it useful?", "How much does it cost?", and
"What are the drawbacks?" Each technique is symbolized by a visual "icon"
that introduces the technique and is repeated in the right-hand page headers.
To assist the practitioner in coordinating a full public involvement program,
each technique is cross-referenced to other techniques in the margins in
a script type face.
NOTICE
This document is disseminated under the sponsorship of the Department
of Transportation in the interest of information exchange. The United States
Government assumes no liability for its content or use thereof.
The contents of this report reflect the views of the contractor, who
is responsible for the accuracy of the data presented herein. The contents
do not necessarily reflect the official policy of the Department of Transportation.
This report does not constitute a standard, specification, or regulation.
The United States Government does not endorse products or manufacturers.
Trade or manufacturers' names appear herein only because they are considered
essential to the object of this document.
Chapter 1. INFORMING PEOPLE THROUGH ORGANIZATION AND OUTREACH
What distinguishes an amorphous, overly-general public involvement effort
from one that is purposeful, grounded, specific, and productive is good
organization and well-planned outreach. In initiating public involvement
in transportation, agencies must begin with clearly-defined, project-related
goals that focus on the specific issues to be addressed, the specific kinds
of input needed, and the specific "public" that needs to be involved. The
more specific a public involvement plan, the greater its chances of producing
input an agency can actually use in decision-making.
Why is organization crucial?
Participation doesn't just happen. Once the "what" of an overall strategy
is in place, an agency has to determine the "how." Staff needs to carefully
orchestrate ways to contact people, give them the needed information, hear
their views, respond to their comments, and incorporate their concerns
into plans and decisions. Organization establishes a systematic, planned
approach to working with people, so that an agency gets the kinds of information
it needs when it needs them. At the same time, good organization allows
room for flexibility and openness as needed.
Why is outreach essential?
Outreach to all potential participants reaps broad and varied representation.
Often, an initial list of "given" participants unintentionally omits important
segments of the population. These include people who are not usually well-represented
in the process of planning or project development, such as minorities,
ethnic groups, individuals with low incomes, the poorly educated, and people
with disabilities. In the past, freight interests did not often participate
in planning and project development. Extra effort may be needed to elicit
involvement by people unaccustomed to participating, because they often
have different needs and perspectives than the majority.
What are appropriate kinds of organization and outreach?
Organization and outreach are project-specific. An agency chooses judiciously
from a varied menu of methods to reach people and bring them together on
the issues. This chapter provides a guide to several ways to structure
an approach:
A. bringing a core participation group together;
B. including people who are underserved by transportation;
C. providing substantive information and establishing methods of
communication; and
D. taking initial action steps.
Chapter 1. INFORMING PEOPLE THROUGH ORGANIZATION AND OUTREACH
A. BRINGING A CORE PARTICIPATION GROUP TOGETHER
People want to have a voice in transportation decision-making for their
communities, and agencies must have public involvement to create a successful
planning or project development process. But where does an agency begin?
One approach is to start with a core group of participants--people the
agency knows are likely to have a strong interest--and then broaden the
public involvement program based on work with the core group. This section
presents three different approaches to establishing a core group of participants:
-
civic advisory committees;
-
citizens on decision and policy bodies; and
-
collaborative task forces.
Agencies form core groups for either a limited or an extended period of
time, depending on the issues at hand. Core groups usually meet regularly
and are sometimes assigned the tasks of reaching out and informing others
who may want to participate. Membership of a core group should reflect
the range of affected interests. To encourage people to participate, it
is sometimes essential to provide support to offset out-of-pocket expenses
or training to improve people's communication and problem-solving skills
and enhance their knowledge of planning methods and terms.
A core group helps agencies establish a working relationship with the
community and take its pulse as a plan or project moves forward. Agencies
often use core groups as key participants in decision-making; for example,
in selecting evaluation criteria or narrowing a set of possible alternatives.
CIVIC ADVISORY COMMITTEES
What is a civic advisory committee?
A civic advisory committee is a representative group of stakeholders
that meets regularly to discuss issues of common concern. While these groups
are often called citizens=
advisory committees, the term civic is used here, since citizenship
is not a requirement for participation. Civic advisory committees (CACs)
have been used for many years and are not in themselves innovative, yet
they can be used very creatively. For example, a CAC was used in Louisiana
to find consensus on environmental issues for input to public agencies.
In Florida a CAC advised on designs for deployment of a traffic information
system.
Representation of agencies on a CAC is highly desirable as a
means of interaction between local residents and their government. For
example, in Portland, Maine, a 35-member CAC developed a long-range transportation
plan with agency help. Because it can be used either alone or in conjunction
with other techniques, a CAC is widely used to achieve a basic level of
local input to transportation planning and development.
A CAC has these basic features:
-
interest groups from throughout a State or region are represented.;
-
meetings are held regularly;
-
comments and points of view of participants are recorded;
-
consensus on issues is sought but not required; and
-
a CAC is assigned an important role in the process.
Why is it useful?
CAC is a forum for hearing peoples' ideas. It is a place
where agencies present goals and proposed programs. It provides continuing
forum for bringing peoples' ideas directly into the process and a known
opportunity for people to participate. In the San Francisco Bay area, special
efforts have been made to include representatives of disabled residents
and minorities, including people who speak languages other than English.
A CAC molds participants into a working group. It is democratic
and representative of opposing points of view, with equal status for each
participant in presenting and deliberating views and in being heard. It
is a place for finding out stances of participants on issues. It is a place
where people become educated on technical issues, over several meetings
if necessary. It gives a better understanding of the effort and milestones
of public agency progress. Its members feel freer to ask agencies for assistance,
clarification of points, and follow-up on questions.
Does a CAC have special uses?
A CAC demonstrates commitment to participation. Its existence
demonstrates progress toward involving people in projects and programs.
It helps find common ground for consensus about a solution. If consensus
cannot be reached, a CAC provides a forum for identifying positions, exploring
them in depth and reporting the divergences of opinion to the agencies.
A CAC is flexible. It can be part of regional or State planning
or of a single project, with community participants' assistance in anticipating
construction and identifying measures to reduce potential disruption. It
can be subdivided. In the St. Louis area, three CACs were formed to develop
the regional long-range plan.
Who participates? and how?
Representatives of community groups or stakeholders are selected
in one of two ways: 1) an agency carefully identifies all stakeholders,
including the general public; and 2) the public self-selects CAC memberships;
i.e., those who are interested attend. If membership is not fully representative,
an agency should encourage unrepresented groups to attend or seek their
input in some other way. San Francisco County Transit Authority appoints
11 CAC members, drawing upon a pool of self-selected candidates who submit
resumes. People who attend meetings are asked if they would like to be
considered for CAC membership. In appointing members, the Authority proactively
seeks diversity and balance of representation by race, gender, neighborhood
activists, business interests, the disability community, bicycle proponents,
et al. The CAC is used as a sounding board by the Authority on a wide variety
of transportation issues.
Diversity in viewpoints is a plus, to ensure full discussion.
Though no special training is required, attendees typically have a broad,
long-term view in discussing issues within a geographic area--not a specific,
single project. In many areas, such as the San Francisco Bay area, agencies
make targeted efforts to involve freight interests.
People participate by examining and discussing issues with others.
Mailings prior to a meeting help participants understand issues and form
questions. Major points of discussion are typically recorded; in some instances
substantial detail on issues is desirable.
How do agencies use the output?
A CAC helps monitor community reactions to agency policy, proposals,
and progress. Observing interactions at the periodic sessions of a CAC,
agencies become aware of opinions and stances at an early point in the
process--often before they become solidified or difficult to modify. Working
with a CAC, an agency crafts compromise positions through give-and-take
and over a relatively short period of time. For example, in Pennsylvania
a CAC helped determine the extent to which a highway project would affect
a rapidly developing area in the Pocono Mountains.
Who leads a CAC?
A CAC elects its own leader. Dynamic and firm community leadership
is effective in enlivening a CAC. In Chatham County-Savannah,
Georgia, a charismatic leader strengthened the CAC's role in planning.
Typically, CAC members select a leader who can deal with agencies in an
open and friendly manner and who is sensitive to group dynamics and able
to effectively lead the discussion and draw opinions and positions from
participants.
What does a CAC cost?
A CAC requires support staff within an agency, and the work can
be substantial. Meeting minutes must be taken. Background information,
minutes, and agendas must be sent out before meetings. A site for the meeting
must be selected. Agency representatives must attend to provide resources
for CAC questions and response preparation. A CAC may want to sponsor a
special meeting on transportation's role in the community, as was done
in Pittsburgh. Additional assistance may be required in some instances.
For example, in Washington State a CAC led by a facilitator helped plan
a highway bypass on the Olympic peninsula.
Material needs are minimal, but a quiet meeting room is essential.
Written materials may be needed at hand to supplement or give depth to
the notes mailed prior to the meeting. In many cases, an agency needs to
carefully explain its position or analysis, requiring staff and materials
at hand.
How is a CAC organized?
Ideally, a CAC has limits on its size to encourage discussion.
However, flexibility is needed. Rigid limits exclude people who could provide
valuable input; they also discourage future participation. If an overall
size limit is undesirable, a large CAC can be divided into subgroups. However,
this curtails interaction among interests. Recognizing this, a CAC and
the sponsoring agency should investigate overcoming these limitations through
other means. For example, conferences can be used to expose CAC members
to interaction with interests not represented on the CAC.
A CAC usually has officers, with a chairperson or director, an
assistant director to chair meetings in the absence of the chairperson,
and a secretary to record minutes (this person is sometimes on an agency
staff). Elected officers may serve for a year or more.
CAC meetings are managed by the elected officers with assistance
from agency staff. Formal parliamentary procedures, if oriented toward
voting, are less useful than informal rules and consensus-building techniques.
Meetings are usually held on a regular basis.
Pre-meetings help plan the regular sessions and draft policy
goals. CAC officers and agency staff work together to bring substantive
issues before the larger group. Subcommittees are established to explore
details of issues, with meetings held between the regular sessions of the
CAC.
A typical CAC agenda covers the following items:
introductions, if attendees vary each
time;
welcome to newcomers;
discussion of agenda, seeking potential
changes;
discussion of items on agenda in order
unless change is requested;
presentations of information as necessary
for clarification; and
determination of whether a consensus
on each issue exists.
How is a CAC used with other techniques?
An established CAC is a forum for many public involvement techniques.
A CAC leader can use brainstorming to establish consensus on a project.
(See Brainstorming.) Facilitation by an outside specialist is used within
a CAC to establish or resolve a particular or pressing problem. (See Facilitation.)
A CAC uses the visioning technique to establish long-range policy goals.
(See Visioning.) A CAC should be able to consider the special issues of
Americans with disabilities. (See Americans with Disabilities.) Video techniques
can illustrate specific points. (See Video Techniques.)
What are the drawbacks?
A CAC can seem to be manipulated by an agency unless information
from governmental sources is fully shared. The CAC may feel it is outclassed
or overwhelmed by technical information if care is not taken by agencies
to explain essential facts or features. In such cases, a CAC may become
inactive.
A CAC is most useful on a project or regional scale. A statewide
CAC or one for a very large region can be unwieldy when a large number
of people are involved and travel is required of both staff and participants.
A CAC's effectiveness depends on being able to hear and decide on the issues
in an efficient and fair manner. Thus, effective leadership is essential.
A CAC does not encompass all points of view. By virtue of being
representative, it is never all-inclusive. A CAC's voice may be skewed
if it does not represent all stakeholders and the general public. It may
be difficult to represent minority interests.
Opponents may refuse to consider each other's ideas. People who
feel they are being controlled or patronized may withdraw from full participation.
Agency staff members who feel that the process is leading nowhere may not
respond appropriately to questions from participants.
For further information:
Chatham County-Savannah, Georgia,
(912) 236-9523
E-W Gateway Coordinating
Council, St. Louis, Missouri, (314) 421-4220
Metropolitan Transportation Commission, San Francisco Bay area, (510)
464-7700
Phoenix, Arizona, Regional Transportation Authority, (602) 262-7242
Portland, Maine, Area Comprehensive Transportation Committee, (207)
724-9891
San Francisco County Transit Authority, (415) 557-6850
Southwest Pennsylvania Regional Planning Commission, Pittsburgh, (412)
391-5590
CITIZENS ON DECISION AND POLICY BODIES
Who are citizens on decision and policy boards?
Community people serve on policy and decision-making committees and
boards. They represent groups organized around civic, environmental,
business, or community interests, or specific geographic areas, or they
serve as individual experts in a field. They need not be elected officials
or agency staff. The Connecticut Department of Transportation (ConnDOT)
appointed a community committee to develop and recommend alternatives for
reconstruction of a large I-95 bridge.
Some boards make decisions; others help formulate policy. Regional
residents sit on the decision-making Great Falls City/County Planning Board
in Montana, and on Washington's Puget Sound Regional Council. The head
of Georgia's Chatham County-Savannah Metropolitan Planning Committee sits on the Metropolitan Planning Organizations's Project Committee. Citizens on such boards are distinct from purely advisory
groups, such as civic advisory committees, that are often part of planning
and project development. (See Civic Advisory Committees.)
These boards are established by statute, regulation, or political
decision. Ad hoc committees are set up by legislative acts or executive
decision to investigate specific subjects. They may be temporary or permanent.
In Portland, Oregon, a committee of community members works with the Metropolitan
Planning Organization (MPO) staff to develop scopes of service for projects
and to review and select consultants. For the U.S. 301 corridor study,
Maryland's Governor created a 76-member task force to address regional
transportation issues, develop and evaluate possible transportation and
land-use solutions, and recommend public policies. The majority of members
were private citizens.
The composition of a board varies, depending on its assigned task.
A board may include citizens and elected or appointed officials or be composed
entirely of citizens. It may be assisted in its task by staff members assigned
from elected officials or agency representatives. The Airport Policy Committee
of the San Diego, California, MPO has a mixed representation of citizens
and professionals. The Metro Council, MPO for Minneapolis-St.
Paul, Minnesota, has both citizens and elected officials on its 30-member
Transportation Board, including 10 municipal elected officials, 7 elected
county officials, 9 private citizens (including the chair), and 4 representatives of State or regional agencies.
People are appointed to boards in a variety of ways. They are
nominated or appointed to these positions by public officials, or they
volunteer or are elected by their peers. The ways they come to serve depend
on the rules and nature of the policy body.
The board's role establishes the amount of influence these citizens
wield. The 76-member task force overseeing the U.S. 301 Corridor Planning
Study in Maryland has virtually total decision-making power. Composed entirely
of citizens appointed by the Governor, Arizona DOT's Transportation Board
has final say on the State's five-year plan, the transportation improvement
program, and State transportation planning projects.
Why are they useful?
Community people bring new points of view, new ideas, and a community
perspective directly into the decision-making process. Little Rock,
Arkansas, MPO found that people were able to integrate political and technical
engineering issues in solving problems. They focused on whether an idea
made sense to them, their neighbors, and the people most affected by the
decision.
Ad hoc committees help local people participate in decision-making.
For the Albuquerque, New Mexico, MPO's Urban Area Truck Route Task Group,
membership was solicited through more than 300 letters to neighborhood,
advocacy, and business groups. Volunteers worked with technical staff from
the city and a neighboring county to develop a commercial vehicle network
plan processed as though it were an agency-prepared plan.
Decisions have greater legitimacy if residents are involved.
Including local people in decision-making demonstrates an agency's commitment
to participatory planning. At the contaminated U.S. Department of Energy
site in Rocky Flats, Colorado, a community committee directed the planning
of an off-site hazardous waste sampling program. In essence, such empowerment
validates the principle that people want--and should be able--to decide
what is best for their community.
Do they have special uses?
Citizen committees oversee specific aspects of complicated programs.
For the Hudson River Waterfront Alternatives Analysis/Draft Environmental
Impact Statement in New Jersey, local residents directed agency staff in
implementing air quality monitoring.
Community representatives work directly with project design consultants.
For proposed construction of I-70
through Glenwood Canyon in Colorado, the Governor appointed area residents
to work with the State's highway planners and the principal design consultants
to address public concerns from the beginning of preliminary engineering
and highway design. Along with frequent public hearings, local representation
served to satisfy public demand for a greater voice in the project.
Local people facilitate communication between decision-making bodies.
The Airport Policy Committee of the San Diego, California, MPO worked with
officials to forge consensus on several controversial issues. These people
provided a free flow of ideas, unconstrained by concerns for existing policies,
and were able to help overcome political deadlock.
Community representatives serve as informed spokespersons for an
agency's programs. Individuals from the Boise, Idaho, MPO citizen committee
host public meetings, speak to other organizations, and attend neighborhood
events. They use non-technical language to make citizens more comfortable
and willing to participate in discussion.
Residents help achieve an agency's goals. For the Dade County,
Florida, rail system, a decision-making committee was appointed, composed
of elected officials and neighborhood representatives. These citizens subsequently
provided leadership on two referenda supporting funding for the new rail
system.
Civic outreach committees assist with public involvement programs
and provide advice based on what they hear in their own discussions with
the public. Seattle's Central Puget Sound Regional Transit Authority (RTA)
appointed a group of people to assist in developing a ballot proposal for
regional transit.
Who participates on these boards?
People who serve on policy boards are drawn from many sources.
They include community and business leaders, leaders from special interest
groups, and interested individuals. Length of tenure varies, depending
on tasks, but is generally one to five years.
It is important to recognize special interests. The Hartford,
Connecticut, MPO agency-wide technical committee includes representatives
of four private groups: the American Lung Association, the Chamber of Commerce,
a construction industry association, and a ridesharing corporation. The
board of the Port Authority of Allegheny County, Pennsylvania, has long
included representatives from the Sierra Club and the League of Women Voters.
What are the costs?
Monetary costs are usually nominal. Local people appointed to
policy boards are seldom paid. Costs to support their participation include
agency staff time, postage, transportation, and occasional meals. Many
agencies economize by sending the same information packages to both elected
officials and boards that include citizens. Costs of including community
people on existing boards are likely to be lower than those of forming
an entirely new board or committee such as a collaborative task force.
Staffing requirements may be very small. A 1995 nationwide survey
of transit agency policy committees showed that staff support to the committees
averaged 12.4 hours per month. Full-time staff members with assignments
including support to these committees averaged 1.2 people. However, even
modest requirements of staff time may pose a challenge to small MPOs.
How is this organized?
The first step is to determine the need for local representation.
Agencies may be aware of the need because of comment or criticism from
local people. The media sometimes call for local representation when an
agency undertakes a specific task. An agency also becomes aware through
discussions with peers in other areas.
Another step is to research legal requirements. State laws may
specify whether individuals may sit on MPO boards. Participation may be
limited by an organization's by-laws.
An agency devises a strategy for local representation, designing
community positions to suit the board's functions and objectives. The Albany,
New York, Capital District Transportation Committee (CDTC)--all elected
officials--puts local people on many task forces, along with local agency
representatives and institutional and business leaders.
An agency solicits local interest in a variety of ways. The media
help by opening the issue to public discussion. A letter soliciting interest
in participation on boards or committees might be sent in a general mailing.
For a long-range planning effort, the Albany CDTC took a sample survey
of local people to determine potential interests in participating on planning
and policy committees.
An agency seeks a balance of various viewpoints. The nature of
a task may draw volunteers who represent only one side of an issue, yet
a board should encompass many stances.
A formal appointment process is established. A simple letter
or a more formal event lends legitimacy to the process and gives satisfaction
and encouragement to an appointee. A written document formalizes the time
frame, responsibilities, and the expected products. It is also important
to point out the extent of the powers that accompany the appointment and
how the results of the task will affect further agency actions.
Agencies involve elected officials and keep them informed. Officials
are often able to provide helpful insight. They may also want to be apprised
of the board's progress.
Agencies determine the nature of their involvement on boards.
It may take the form of representation, usually in an ad hoc and non-voting
capacity. It may involve board support, in the form of staff services,
meeting space, and use of equipment for presentations and recording of
proceedings. In some instances, agencies supply meals, especially if participants
travel long distances or a meeting is held during a conventional meal hour.
A method of selecting a committee chair is determined. Often
a board selects its own chair, or the chair is appointed. If elections
are to take place, introductions of board member candidates are appropriate,
so that an informed selection is made. Introductions can be informal or
take a more formal approach, such as written position papers that define
an individual's expectations and goals for the processes and products.
Meeting frequency is derived from the size of the task and its deadlines.
In order to accomplish an assignment, a board may need to meet frequently.
Many citizen committees meet monthly, but specific projects or responsibilities
may dictate different schedules. Board members should play a major role
in determining meeting frequency.
Communication is maintained between meetings. Minutes of each
meeting are kept for the record and distributed to remind participants
of past events and decisions. Issue papers are distributed prior to meetings
to help people prepare and to aid discussions. Many agencies keep local
representatives informed with periodic status reports.
Decision-making bodies need time to adjust to the dynamics of public
involvement. In some cases, important informal communication occurs
during breaks or outside formal meeting hours. For effective communication
among policy board members, the sponsoring agency may take time to foster
a positive atmosphere or use familiar procedures. For guidance, many MPOs,
such as those in Portland, San Diego, and Phoenix, employ the commonly-understood
meeting procedures outlined in Robert's Rules of Order.
Ethical issues must be considered. Public agencies frequently
have established rules of professional ethics, and these rules extend to
community participants. For example, potential conflicts of interest need
to be identified and addressed immediately.
How is this used with other techniques?
Community representatives are important components of a public involvement
program and complement almost any other technique. However, local representation
cannot be the sole method an agency uses to involve the public in the planning
process. Community representatives are most effective if they relate continuously
with their constituent groups and participate in an agency's other public
involvement outreach techniques.
Local representatives are ideal speakers. They are generally
well-informed and usually have extensive experience and exposure to issues.
They are good candidates for a speakers' bureau, but agencies must remain
considerate of demands placed on their time. (See Speakers' Bureaus and
Public Involvement Volunteers.)
What are the drawbacks?
The selection and appointment process may be criticized, especially
if the appointee's qualifications are questioned or if the process is seen
as closed or unfair. To counter such charges, an agency can develop a strategy
for the process that is comprehensive and well-understood.
Board members may not be fully representative. Selected representatives
may not share the prevailing opinions of the communities they represent.
An agency sometimes needs to expand the number of representatives to bring
in underrepresented interests.
Balanced representation of interest groups is crucial in avoiding
controversy. Disputes over representation require skillful diplomacy to
maintain the legitimacy of the process.
Agency culture sometimes presents barriers. Agencies that perceive
themselves as empowered with sole decision-making responsibility are reluctant
to share authority with non-elected citizens. An agency's traditional organization
or decision-making style may block efforts to increase the influence of
private citizens on decision or policy bodies.
For further information:
Alaska Department of Transportation, Juneau, Alaska, (907) 465-2171
Capital District Transportation Committee, Albany, New York, (518)
458-2161
Central Puget Sound Regional Transit Authority, Seattle, Washington,
(206) 684-1357
Connecticut Department of Transportation, Newington, Connecticut, (860)
594-2939
Little Rock Metropolitan Planning Organization--Metroplan, Little Rock,
Arkansas, (501) 372-3300
Maryland State Highway Administration, Baltimore, Maryland, (410) 333-6431
Portland, Maine, Area Comprehensive Transportation Study, (207) 774-9891
San Diego Association of Governments, San Diego, California, (619)
595-5300
COLLABORATIVE TASK FORCES
What is a collaborative task force?
A collaborative task force is a group assigned a specific task,
with a time limit for reaching a conclusion and resolving a difficult issue,
subject to ratification by official decision-makers. Its membership usually
includes local people or representatives from interest groups, appointed
by elected officials or agency executives. Agency staff people are frequently
assigned to provide technical support. Collaborative task forces have been
used on a project level and for resolving issues within a project.
A collaborative task force differs from a civic advisory committee
and citizens on decision and policy bodies. While they focus on similar
issues, each plays a different role in the decision-making process. A civic
advisory committee acts primarily in an advisory role, studying issues
and presenting a mosaic of opinion to the agency; consensus is not required.
(See Civic Advisory Committees.) Citizens on decision and policy bodies
are local community people appointed, along with other representatives,
to boards or agencies that make decisions or propose recommendations to
elected officials. (See Citizens on Decision and Policy Bodies.) By contrast,
a collaborative task force usually helps solve a specific problem, working
strenuously toward consensus and presenting a strong and unified voice.
A collaborative task force has these basic features:
a sponsoring agency committed to the process;
a broad range of representative interests;
emphasis on resolving an assigned issue through consensus;
detailed presentations of material and technical assistance for complete understanding of context and subject
matter; and
serial meetings to understand and deliberate the issues.
Why is it useful?
A collaborative task force can extend community input for decision-making
and enhance self-governance. Task force discussions help agencies understand
participants' qualitative values and reactions to proposals. They can aid
in development of policies, programs, and services and in allocation of
resources. A collaborative task force was used to explore alternatives
for the Charles River crossing of Boston's proposed depressed Central Artery
and to recommend a preference to the Massachusetts Highway Department..
A collaborative task force helps resolve impasses through a participatory
process. Following a difficult process or unsettled controversy, it involves
people in solving a problem. In Fort Worth, Texas, the issue of a controversial
widening of a downtown interstate freeway was assigned to a collaborative
task force.
Decisions can be expected to have broad (although not universal)
community support. Task force members represent a broad cross-section
of interests. This helps legitimate the process and decisions. The views
expressed are typically exhaustive. Often the group begins by making small
and specific decisions early in the process; later group decisions become
somewhat easier.
Does it have special uses?
A collaborative task force deals with high-profile issues that
have generated significant public or media attention and community polarization.
It can be used productively at any time in a complex project or planning
study, but because of time and cost commitments it is often used to resolve
an impasse. If some participants or the agency itself take intractable
positions, consensus is very difficult or impossible to achieve. (See Facilitation;
Negotiation and Mediation.)
It can bring together a wide range of opinions to assist in exploring
issues. The breadth of representation is accompanied by depth of probing.
In a collaborative task force, a great depth of discussion is expected
and can be accommodated. For example, in Maine a group of 58 community
people and agencies worked together to explore Turnpike widening and alternative
modes of transit in implementing an initiative approved by the voters.
Who participates? and how?
Participant groups are invited by the sponsor, with the groups
selecting their representatives. Representatives are selected from affected
interests, but the collaborative task force may add new representatives
to round out its membership.
A broad cross-section of interests is desirable and may include
local governments, transportation or environmental groups, civic or business
groups, and consumer organizations. Other people are involved through outreach
and participation programs, including open house presentations or newsletters.
(See Public Information Materials.)
People participate by engaging in the discussion. Members of
the group react to each other's opinions and bring up alternative ideas.
The facilitator guides discussion to cover all agenda items that the group
determines it wants to cover. Coaching and training of participants in
the process and in conflict resolution is sometimes necessary.
How do agencies use the output?
A collaborative task force helps resolve a difficult issue or
problem. Such a group is used primarily when an agency can seriously commit
to incorporating the group's decision into ongoing work. Because of the
important role of a collaborative task force, the sponsor may agree to
ratify its findings, if not too costly or unimplementable. For example,
the Connecticut Department of Transportation (ConnDOT) formed a collaborative
task force to deal with the difficult issues of rebuilding an interstate
highway bridge and its approaches in downtown New Haven and agreed to accept
the task force's consensus recommendations among alternatives if technically
feasible and within the budget.
The sponsor sets broad limits on issues to be explored. A mission
statement for the task force is clearly identified before it begins its
work. The schedule reflects the complexity of the issue and the time required
to come to a resolution within the task force.
Many sponsors observe groups in a non-participatory role without
assuming any leadership function. Representatives of the sponsor respond
to questions from the group and provide technical assistance while retaining
a neutral position. Expressions of support for the process from high-level
agency leaders also help sustain commitment and progress, especially when
a task force is wrestling with difficult issues.
Who leads a collaborative task force?
A collaborative task force needs a facilitator to maintain the
agenda and schedule and assure that all participants are heard. The facilitator
assists participants in verbalizing or crafting positions and in developing
a constructive process for group decision-making, problem-solving, and
conflict resolution.
The facilitator plays a special role in the task force. Feedback
and encouragement to the group are required to maintain progress in the
development of issues and steps toward resolution. Facilitators need to
tell the group when the process is doing well and warn them if a dead end
or irresolvable conflict is approaching. They may need to coach and instruct
task force members in methods of conflict resolution.
The facilitator must be viewed as neutral to the process but
supportive of the goals and outcomes determined by the group. The chosen
person may be from inside an agency but is typically an outsider provided
by the sponsor. The group can dismiss the facilitator if it perceives that
the person is not serving their interests.
What does a collaborative task force cost?
Significant resources are required. A facilitator experienced
in group processes and conflict resolution is mandatory, and staff technical
support required. Graphics--and in some cases, presentations by technical
experts in language geared to lay people--are necessary to understand technical
issues. Modeling of anticipated impacts, structural and engineering issues,
and traffic simulations need to be explained. Each meeting can consume
several hours.
Specialized consultants may be needed to provide a neutral facilitator
or technical support for complex projects. Schedules are tailored to fit
the needs of participants and the sponsor. Meetings may be held in the
evening to allow participants to attend without interfering with daytime
jobs. The time required for preparation is substantial, because each meeting
must be tailored to the agenda determined by the group.
Policy support within an agency is required. Staff follow the
course of discussions and respond to the need for information. A neutral
meeting site not associated with the agency or any stakeholder must be
selected. Staff work is essential for preparation of meeting minutes, notices
of upcoming meetings, correspondence, newsletters, press releases, or advertisements
about outreach events.
How is it used with other techniques?
A collaborative task force uses other techniques as needed. Brainstorming
or a charrette can be integral to a task force's work as it seeks solutions
to difficult problems. (See Brainstorming; Charrettes.) Visioning may establish
a desirable goal to work towards. (See Visioning.) Facilitation is essential
early in the process, when goal-setting helps establish a means to measure
progress. (See Facilitation.)
A task force can sponsor its own events to apprise the community
of issues and potential solutions. These events are useful ways to elicit
and review community comments and to find responses as appropriate.
How is it organized?
The sponsor determines the interests to be represented on the
task force and selects a facilitator. Typically, a cross-section of organizations
is invited to participate, and each selects its representative to the group.
The task force then identifies additional participants essential for broad
representation. On two rapid transit lines in Boston, task forces were
assembled for design of each individual station. The Federal Transit Administration
has a current project to develop collaborative decision-making processes.
A collaborative task force has a target date determined by the
sponsor to provide a framework for and guide scheduling. For example, in
Canada a task force of 24 interest groups met over an extended period to
plan a light-rail transit facility for Calgary, Alberta. A task force's
mission may be defined by the sponsor in broad terms, but the group usually
determines its own approach to problem-solving. It is self-governing, and
its work is usually based on a consensus process rather than voting.
The sponsor sets an overall schedule, leaving detailed scheduling
to the task force itself. The sponsor provides technical support, either
from within the agency or from consultants familiar with the topic. To
retain neutrality, the technical staff should not be co-workers of the
facilitator.
The task force determines the need for a chairperson. The group
develops its own norms or rules to guide the process over time. These may
be explicit or implicit; in some instances they are prepared in written
form to remind participants of their expressed intent.
The task force monitors its own progress. Where appropriate,
the facilitator reminds the group of the agenda and schedule and makes
suggestions to keep the work moving toward resolution.
What are the drawbacks?
The process is long and expensive. To achieve a full understanding
of all issues, an extensive number of meetings and presentations is required.
This long process demands patience, good will, and a commitment of continued
funding. Participants must make an extensive commitment to the process.
Staying with the program over a long period of time may be difficult for
many individuals. Similarly, agency commitment is critical; the process
can be long and wrenching.
A high degree of facilitation skill is required to keep the task
force on course. Technical support is needed to respond to questions and
prepare responses to unforeseen work that may be requested.
For further information:
Calgary, Alberta (Canada) (Light-rail study), (403) 268-1612
Connecticut Department of Transportation, Environmental Planning Division
(Q Bridge Study), (860) 594-2939
Federal Transit Administration Collaborative Decision-Making, (202)
366-4060
Massachusetts Highway Department (Charles River Crossing Design Review
Committee), (617) 973-7000
Texas Department of Transportation (Ft. Worth study), (871) 370-6542
Chapter 1. INFORMING PEOPLE THROUGH OUTREACH AND ORGANIZATION
B. INCLUDING PEOPLE WHO ARE UNDERSERVED BY TRANSPORTATION
Public involvement needs to encompass the full range of community interests,
yet people underserved by transportation often do not participate. They
not only have greater difficulty getting to jobs, schools, recreation,
and shopping than the population at large, but often they are also unaware
of transportation proposals that could dramatically change their lives.
Many lack experience with public involvement, even though they have important,
unspoken issues that should be heard.
Underserved people include those with special cultural, racial, or
ethnic characteristics. Cultural differences sometimes hinder full
participation in transportation planning and project development. People
with disabilities find access to transportation more difficult and
their ability to participate in public involvement efforts more constrained.
People with low incomes often lack both access and time to participate.
Poorly educated people may not be fully aware either of what transportation
services are available or of opportunities to help improve them.
These groups are a rich source of ideas that can improve transportation
not only for themselves but also for the entire community. Agencies must
assume responsibility for reaching out and including them in the decision-making
process--which requires strategic thinking and tailoring public involvement
efforts to these communities and their needs. Techniques to reach the underserved
are grouped here under two headings:
ethnic, minority, and low-income
groups; and
Americans with disabilities.
ETHNIC, MINORITY, AND LOW-INCOME GROUPS
What does this mean?
Individuals from minority and ethnic groups and low-income households,
women, children, and uneducated people often find participation difficult
and are also traditionally underserved by transportation. While these
groups form a growing portion of the population, particularly in urban
areas, historically they have experienced barriers to participation in
the public decision-making process and are therefore underrepresented.
These barriers arise both from the nature of the system and from cultural,
linguistic, and economic differences. Recent efforts to include many different
cultural or disadvantaged groups in this process have been designed to
assure basic, equitable access to the system rather than to favor one group
over another.
Although America prides itself on being a melting pot of many peoples,
deep differences in culture or income often impede participation. Language
differences are only the most immediate hurdle to overcome in order to
work effectively with various cultural groups. Economic barriers such as
the costs of child care or transportation to meetings also hinder participation.
More importantly, understanding and accommodating the deeper psychological
and cultural differences--such as the various ways people interact with
one another to make decisions, or their belief in their own power to do
so--is the major challenge of getting people to work together successfully
toward common goals. A starting point in effective interaction is calling
people by the names they want to be called at the time. For example, at
the time of this publication, American Indians prefer to be called that
rather than native Americans, a term that includes non-Indian native Americans.
Preferences change over time.
Today, agencies work to empower people to help define the kinds
of processes they need to participate effectively. Thoughtful consultation
with minority, ethnic, and low-income people enables agencies to identify
specific barriers and find effective ways to overcome them. In Orange County,
California, attendance at a series of introductory open houses for a major
investment study was high for all sectors of the affected population except
Mexican-Americans. In subsequent meetings with leaders from this community,
county planners learned that these constituents were uncomfortable with
the open-house format and intimidated by one-to-one interaction. Supplementary,
informal, small-group meetings in Latino neighborhoods eventually brought
increased participation.
Governments at various levels have played a significant role in protecting
the rights of underserved populations. Presidential Executive Order
12898 of 1994 requires Federal agencies to identify programs, policies,
and regulations with a disproportionately high and adverse effect on minority
and low-income populations. The order directs Federal agencies to conduct
their programs, policies, and activities so as to ensure that they do not
have the effect of excluding persons from participation in or benefits
of the programs. This can usually be done by modifying existing participatory
programs.
The Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act (ISTEA) requires
transportation plans to avoid a disproportionate impact of transportation
policies or investments on traditionally-underserved communities. The
Final Rule on Metropolitan and Statewide Planning requires MPOs and states
to "seek out and consider" the needs of the transportation-disadvantaged.
Outreach to minorities and ethnic groups has several objectives
in addition to the basic aims of public involvement:
convey issues in ways that are meaningful
to various cultural groups;
bridge cultural and economic differences
that affect participation;
use communication techniques that
enable people to interact with other participants;
develop partnerships on a one-to-one
or small group basis to assure representation; and
increase participation by underrepresented
groups so they have an impact on decisions.
Why is it useful?
Outreach to traditionally-underserved groups helps assure that all
constituents have opportunities to affect the decision-making process.
These efforts are particularly useful because they:
provide fresh perspectives;
give first-hand information about
community-specific issues and concerns of which an agency may not have
been aware;
flag potential controversies;
provide feedback on how to get these
communities involved; and
provide solutions to problems that
best meet their needs.
These efforts widen the basis of consensus on an implementable
plan or project. The greater the consensus among all community members,
the more likely a plan or project will succeed.
Agencies can address issues specific to minority, ethnic, or other
underserved groups. At the inception of its long-range plan, the Georgia
Department of Transportation (DOT) had special forums for minorities so
the planning process could address their concerns from the outset.
Local leadership may become more active. For the past fifteen
years, the Houston, Texas, transit agency has had a good working relationship
with all segments of the community, especially underserved populations.
As a result, their leaders have been very active in the decision-making
process, and controversy about transportation proposals is minimal.
Participation establishes trust and openness in the decision-making
process. The St. Louis, Missouri, MPO works in close collaboration
with minority, ethnic, and low-income groups from the beginning of planning
and throughout the process, fostering a sense of ownership of the outcome.
How do underrepresented groups participate?
Community organizations and their leaders are invaluable in building
communication between agencies and underrepresented groups. Often low-income
people, for instance, are so busy eking out a living by working several
jobs that they do not have time for grass roots participation; they rely
on their community leaders to represent them in the process. The Albany,
New York, MPO uses the Albany Service Corps (a job-training program for
disadvantaged youth that is part of the national Americorps group) to distribute
information to low-income communities. In many cases, agency staff can
easily identify and reach out to community leaders as a first point of
contact. The Virginia DOT distributes materials through the National Association
for the Advancement of Colored People (NAACP) to reach minorities. Working
with leaders also increases the credibility of the participatory planning
process. Respecting ethnic tradition, the Alaska DOT has found it helpful
to meet first with Alaskan native elders to establish a rapport prior to
presenting projects to whole communities.
Community groups provide access to individuals and can serve as forums
for participation. Agencies sometimes focus initial attention on active
community groups to prepare for later approaches to the general public.
MPOs in Portland, Oregon, and in the Twin Cities, Minnesota, work through
established neighborhood organizations. Often, community organizations
reflect community-wide concerns and can advise an agency on useful strategies
for interaction. In Arizona, Tucson's MPO involved several Mexican-American
neighborhood associations in updating its long-range transportation plan.
In Chicago, Illinois, the Center for Neighborhood Technology brought minority
groups into the existing regional citizen coalitions. Cooperation with
community groups follows the "if it ain't broke, don't fix it" principle.
If working through an established organization serves the purpose, an agency
wastes effort by creating a new forum that probably will not work as well.
Agencies need to be cautious, however, about presuming that any one group
represents an entire community.
Religious organizations in particular are an effective way to reach
minority and ethnic groups. Most of them have civic as well as religious
activities and interests, along with a strong geographic base. They have
broad constituencies and often have a strong ethnic or cultural focus.
They are particularly good avenues for reaching people who are not active
in the community in other ways. The Los Angeles Metropolitan Transportation
Authority (MTA) has established communication links with African-American,
Latino, and Asian religious institutions in order to increase participation
of underrepresented groups. The Little Rock, Arkansas, MPO, works to establish
good relations with, among others, the African-American Ministerial Alliance
in its region.
Agencies need to make special efforts to communicate with people
who use languages other than English. For example, of the approximately
2.5 million households in Los Angeles County, 40 percent speak a language
other than English as their first language, and 13 percent speak no English.
Thus, translations and bilingual speakers are often necessary. The Alaska
DOT has produced radio spots in indigenous languages. In addition, translations
to other languages, logos, and project terminology need to be carefully
reviewed from a cultural perspective. A leading car manufacturer found
that although a particular model sold well among the general population,
it did not sell well among Latinos, because "no va" in Spanish means "doesn't
go."
Understanding a culture is often critical. The Dallas, Texas,
transit agency (DART) finds it helpful to research an ethnic group's customs
and language. Changing demographics in East Dallas led DART to accommodate
the language needs of Vietnamese, Korean, Japanese, Arab, Iranian, Ethiopian,
and Nigerian communities. This outreach identified a need to provide training
in several English-as-a-second-language programs on how to use the transit
system. The custom of bus travel was unfamiliar to some participants and
practiced very differently by others.
Agencies also need to recognize varied styles of communication
derived from ethnic or minority cultures. In some cultures, for example,
it is considered improper to disagree with authority. As a result, agency
staff people attempting to assess community response to different alternatives
have found it difficult to move beyond polite agreement with all alternatives.
In other cultures, discussion with the entire community precedes decisions
by its leaders, and elders may have a particular role in decision-making.
In some groups, speaking up is interpreted as "making trouble." Agency
staff members can learn about traditions and behavioral patterns by careful
observation or by tactfully and privately asking group members what is
going on. Group members familiar with mainstream culture are particularly
good sources of such information. The Arkansas State Highway and Transportation
Department reports getting a cool reception to its initial attempts at
outreach through local churches. Research discovered that this was because
its spokesperson addressed local congregations from the main pulpit--a
place of honor reserved for the ministry. In subsequent visits, the representative
moved to the regular platform, the audience relaxed, and constructive dialogue
took place. In communities where there is reluctance to disagree or criticize,
opinions may only be expressed after prolonged consideration or in very
indirect ways.
American Indian tribal governments are considered domestic sovereign
nations; i.e., they have a direct and special relationship with the
Federal government as a result of treaties and are independent of individual
States. For example, tribes deal directly with the Federal government in
securing funding for Indian reservation roads if they are tribes on a reservation,
even within an MPO. Agencies need to identify issues regarding American
Indians and transportation needs, plans, projects, and outreach early in
the process. Expert guidance (for example, from members of the Governor's
Interstate Indian Council) should be sought in developing relationships
with tribes, reservations, and individuals. Since tribes are eligible to
apply for and be awarded separate funding, transportation practitioners
need to consult with both Federal transportation agencies and local tribes
to coordinate plans and projects.
How do agencies use the output?
Understanding the full range of a community's needs enables an agency
to create more responsive and even innovative plans. Interacting with
community members yields insight into the reasons why they support or disagree
with proposed plans or projects. The perspective of traditionally-underrepresented
groups casts a whole new light on the goals and outcomes of planning and
project development--and one that is often at variance with the thinking
of the majority and even of the agency itself. Ethnic and minority group
members suggest fresh approaches to transportation issues that otherwise
would not be raised. However, input from underserved groups is not "separate"
from other input or given more weight; rather, to be most useful, it is
integrated with and balanced by the needs and concerns of all interests.
Agencies may discern new or improved transportation options.
Input from predominantly Mexican-American communities led to a hybrid option
for transit in the Los Angeles Metro Red Line Eastside Corridor. In a mid-range
of cost, the new option has the highest potential ridership and offers
significant service advantages. The region's leadership and project planners
agree that the new alternative is the best solution and readily admit it
would not have been identified without the help of ethnic constituents.
Agencies also use community input to assure equity in the distribution
of services and impacts. In order to do this, they must use a variety of
techniques to solicit public input from the traditionally underrepresented
population--particularly minority and low-income groups as identified in
the Executive Order on Environmental Justice. Typical meeting announcements
in newspapers and on radio, for example, may not reach these populations.
Agencies need to understand how these populations get information. This
could be, for example, in church bulletins, on grocery store or laundromat
bulletin boards, and in community meeting places. (See Public Information
Materials; Media Strategies.)
Who leads outreach to these groups?
Existing staff may lead, provided they have the appropriate skills
or training. To be successful, they need to have an open-minded attitude,
process skills, and sensitivity to cultural differences. They also must
be committed to encouraging minority and ethnic group participation, not
only because it takes persistence and creative thinking to foster inclusion
of people who have historically been outsiders, but also because lack of
such commitment is easily perceived and undermines trust and credibility.
To enhance the effectiveness of interaction, staff should come from
a variety of backgrounds. As the Oregon-based Sensible Transportation
Options for People (STOP) suggests, "Don't use all white men in suits"
to interact with traditionally-underserved communities.
Special outreach coordinators can provide particularly strong leadership
and demonstrate an agency's sincere commitment to responding to ethnic
and minority concerns. A number of agencies hire staff specifically charged
with outreach to the traditionally underserved. MPOs in Madison, Wisconsin,
Seattle, Washington, Twin Cities, Minnesota, and Dane County, Wisconsin,
all have a minority affairs coordinator. The Cape Cod, Massachusetts, Commission
has two positions for minorities and one for American Indians. To enhance
communication, Pennsylvania DOT uses an intermediary when addressing Amish
communities, because this is their traditional way of dealing with outsiders.
Only elders are allowed to speak with an intermediary. By communicating
with an intermediary, DOT staff better understands the community's culture,
dress code, language, and beliefs, as well as their specific transportation
needs and concerns.
Consultants with special expertise or skills can also enhance the
process. For a major investment study in transit, South Sacramento,
California, utilized consultants with experience working in the affected
ethnic neighborhoods. The St. Louis, Missouri, MPO regularly contracts
with the Urban League for focus groups and information dissemination.
Translators or interpreters are essential to reach non-English-speaking
groups. Many agencies now provide interpreters when needed, as well
as translations of some or all of their information materials. Florida
DOT has a bilingual affairs staff and a bilingual newsletter. The Los Angeles,
California, MPO has "foreign language teams" for its region. The transit
agency in Houston, Texas, prints information in up to five languages. For
large meetings, the University of Massachusetts has tear-off pads saying
"I need an interpreter" and provides translators in six different languages.
In California, Orange County transit agency staff members wear blue dots
on their name tags at open houses if they are bilingual. Alaska DOT has
local residents volunteer to interpret for Eskimo communities.
Translations must take into account the fact that often minority
people who do not speak English well also do not speak literary or standard
forms of their native languages. Agencies need to make sure that translations
are clear, easily understandable, and in an idiom native to the group to
be reached. A Portuguese translation, for instance, must recognize that
people from Portugal have difficulty understanding Brazilian Portuguese
speakers, and vice versa.
What are the costs?
Costs are linked to the complexity of an issue. A large minority
or ethnic community can be reached in traditional ways, through news media,
literature, and informal meetings. However, when an issue is highly controversial,
the need for participation intensifies, and agencies may need to use more
varied and innovative techniques--resulting in higher costs in staff time
and funding. Eliciting participation may involve translations and interpreters,
advertising, and other special efforts.
Costs climb when a large number of underrepresented people needs
to be reached. Encouraging disadvantaged groups to participate is time-
and energy-consuming for agency staff. Some groups are typically more difficult
to draw into transportation planning processes than mainstream participants.
For the Miami East-West Corridor Major Investment Study, Florida DOT held
an average of 30 meetings per month over a two-year period to reach the
varied populations within the 22-mile study area. Communities, particularly
the ethnic communities, continuously requested meetings and invited project
staff to attend numerous meetings sponsored by neighborhood organizations.
The agency estimates that staff participated in approximately 1,000 meetings
on the project, ranging from one-on-one discussions to larger meetings.
How is such outreach organized?
A basic task is to identify which minority and ethnic groups require
special attention for a transportation plan or project because of its
impact on them. This can be accomplished through careful research about
the communities potentially affected by a plan or project. (See Key Person
Interviews.)
Agencies draw from the full array of formal techniques to involve
minority and ethnic groups, along with others. Formal techniques are inclusion
on committees, task forces, and other official advisory and/or decision
bodies; participation in meetings and conferences; focus groups; surveys;
and working through recognized neighborhood groups. In San Francisco, California,
the MPO created a special Minority Citizen Advisory Committee as a result
of a lawsuit in the mid-70s. It includes African-Americans, Latinos, and
Asian-Americans. The Wisconsin DOT created focus groups for American Indians,
African-Americans, and Latinos. As part of its long-range planning effort,
the Nevada DOT sponsored meetings in which surveys were used to make initial
contacts. These contacts were used to identify representatives of American
Indian nations and to administer a more comprehensive survey of transportation
needs and concerns in the reservations. The questions covered the condition
of roads and access to public transportation, as well as services for the
elderly and handicapped. Representatives from each of the 24 Indian nations
in Nevada responded, as did the executive director of the Nevada Association
of Nations.
Informal techniques are especially useful. They include developing
relationships with underrepresented groups and networking within communities.
During a corridor study in East Los Angeles, the transit agency's Spanish-speaking
staff walked through the neighborhood, personally inviting people to attend
--which resulted in high turnout. Creating partnerships between DOT staff
and community members helps increase access and familiarity on both sides.
Working together, they can develop strategies for outreach, anticipate
the issues and concerns people are likely to raise, identify appropriate
locations for meetings, and jointly sponsor ways for the community to get
transportation information.
Many minority, ethnic, and low-income groups prefer small meetings.
They are less intimidating and more conducive to interaction. Agencies
that have turned to small groups for involving ethnic populations include
DOTs in Alaska, Idaho, and Wisconsin. (See Small Group Techniques.)
Agencies can hold meetings where ethnic or minority groups cluster
in the community. New Jersey Transit holds meetings in many unconventional
places, including shopping malls, housing developments, senior centers,
and work places. The Boise, Idaho, MPO reaches the underserved through
group homes and head start centers. (See Non-traditional Meeting Places
and Events; Media Strategies.)
Announcements in minority or ethnic news media can heighten interest
in a process. In Seattle, Washington, the transit authority advertises
in different languages in minority newspapers to obtain increased participation
and greater trust in the agency's good will. The Twin Cities MPO in Minneapolis-St.
Paul, Minnesota, interests the owners of minority media in an upcoming
transportation process or project and, through them, the broader community.
The MPO not only places advertisements but also receives much free public
interest coverage from such personal contacts. The St. Louis MPO aggressively
promotes public service announcements in minority media. Because radio
is often preferred over newspapers, many agencies spend more funds and
energy on this medium. The Sacramento, California, transit agency featured
an interview and call-in show on a Spanish radio station. (See Improving
Meeting Attendance; Focus Groups.)
Financial and other incentives may be used to improve attendance.
The St. Louis MPO paid unemployed people to participate in focus groups.
The Albany, New York, MPO provides scholarships for low-income people to
participate in its conferences. The Alaska DOT paid airfare for some Alaska
natives to attend meetings. In Montana, Blackfeet Community College offers
American Indians college credits for attending community meetings. Agencies
sometimes provide day care and/or transportation to help low-income people
participate. The Portland, Oregon, MPO provides child care at large meetings,
as does New Jersey Transit.
Outside financial assistance may be available. In connection
with the New Mexico DOT's long- range planning, the Alliance for Transportation
Research obtained a grant for a two-day conference for people not traditionally
involved in transportation.
How is it used with other techniques?
Outreach to underrepresented groups is integral to an effective,
overall public involvement program. The initial contact with minority,
ethnic, or low-income communities not only helps reach a wider audience
but also sets the tone for the subsequent process or project activities.
Outreach promotes a spirit of inclusion for those communities that have
been outside of the decision-making process.
Minority, ethnic, and low-income groups are empowered to help make
transportation decisions. These groups can be invited to participate
in civic advisory committees, task forces, and other policy bodies. (See
Civic Advisory Committees; Citizens on Decision and Policy Bodies.) Such
inclusion not only empowers these groups but also helps to "mainstream"
them into the whole participatory effort. Many agencies have one or more
seats for minority or ethnic members, including the Green Bay, Wisconsin,
MPO; Portland, Oregon, Metro; and the Cleveland, Ohio, MPO.
What are the drawbacks?
Staff time and resources may be significant. One-to-one contact
requires substantial staff time and energy. Administering an outreach program
involves monitoring inquiries and responses, as well as documenting and
answering numerous requests for meetings or briefings. Many ethnic groups
lack a tradition of participation in government and require extra urging.
For example, Miami's Cuban-Americans were reluctant to participate in planning
for a new rail system in the mid-70s because public participation was not
part of their cultural heritage. Planners turned to the Catholic church
and the Latin chamber of commerce to obtain the perspectives of the public.
Now assimilated, two decades later, this ethnic group participates vigorously.
In fostering grass roots involvement, agencies need to assess carefully
the cultures of each specific community, for there may be significant differences,
even within an ethnic group.
Special efforts can encounter institutional resistance. Many
innovative, creative techniques are different from past practices and may
be initially uncomfortable for some agency staff. In some cases, this generates
backlash. Local laws prohibiting expenditure of public funds to prepare
material in languages other than English are one example. Planners who
face misgivings about "special treatment" might note that techniques tailored
to individual segments of the public such as business communities have
long been common to effective public involvement programs.
Is such outreach flexible?
Outreach to minority, ethnic, and low-income groups needs to be inherently
flexible. Agencies must constantly monitor and adjust their approaches
to discover and capitalize on what works. During the project development
phase of a new light rail transit system, the Denver, Colorado, transit
agency disseminated information widely. One low-income neighborhood requested
more information on the project. As a result, the agency established a
neighborhood drop-in center both to provide more information to the community
and to gather input about its concerns. (See Drop-in Centers.)
To be most effective, techniques may need to be altered or augmented,
because styles of communication and behavioral patterns differ from culture
to culture. Early, informal consultation with members of target groups
about what barriers to participation exist and how to surmount them is
essential. Often a more personal, direct dialogue is needed between agency
staff members and individuals from ethnic or minority groups. When dealing
with such groups, the Twin Cities MPO finds it useful to modify its meeting
format to draw out the participants. It addresses the issues one-to-one
by directly asking each participant his or her opinion. The Montana Native
American Technology Transfer Technology Center phones individual members
of the American Indian community to remind them that their attendance at
an upcoming meeting is vital to assure a sound and responsive plan or program.
For its project planning process, an Arkansas State Highway and Transportation
Department representative attends as many as four different church services
on Sunday mornings to invite people to participate. In rural areas, he
goes to people working in the fields, before or after their shifts.
When is it used most effectively?
Outreach efforts to the underrepresented start early and extend throughout
the process and are integrated with other public involvement efforts
insofar as possible. Informing communities of events and providing status
reports help to establish a good working relationship. This approach is
also very effective in diffusing potentially controversial issues by addressing
concerns early.
The advantages for early outreach in both project development
and long-range planning include:
diffusing potentially controversial
issues;
li>allowing more people to understand
a process or project;
promoting proactive participation;
establishing good relationships with
underserved groups;
getting people to help in the planning;
breaking down historical barriers;
and
increasing chances for obtaining consensus.
Public and staff education can begin even before a process or project
planning effort is initiated. The Denver Transit Agency sends out meeting
notices to schools for children to take to their parents. It also provides
bilingual, educational coloring books as an incentive to attract children
who, in turn, involve their parents. A key pre-initiation activity for
agency staff is self-education about the culture of the affected communities.
Reflecting his people's fear of vulnerability through public involvement,
a participant at the National Congress of American Indians revealed, "Once
I allow you to capture my concern that way, you can trade it off against
other concerns, and I will lose." Clearly, transportation planners and
project managers need to be aware of such issues as they attempt to establish
good-faith communication and trust.
For further information:
Alaska Department of Transportation, Statewide Planning Chief, (907)
465-2171
Arkansas State Highway and Transportation Department, Environmental
Division, (501) 569-2281
Florida Department Of Transportation, West Project Field Office, (305)
262-7033
Houston, Texas, Transit, Capital and Long-range Planning, (713) 739-4000
Los Angeles County Metropolitan Transportation Authority, Public Affairs
Manager, (213) 244-6891
Nevada Department of Transportation, Carson City, Nevada, (702) 687-3463
New Jersey Transit, Executive Director of External Affairs, (201) 491-7130
Sacramento, California, Regional Transit District, Project Manager,
(916) 261-4785
St. Louis, Missouri, MPO, Director of Policy and Programming, (314)
4241-4220
AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES
What does this mean?
The Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA) stipulates
involving the community, particularly those with disabilities, in the development
and improvement of services. For example, in rail transit planning, participation
by the disability community is essential for a key station plan. In highway
planning, it is essential in development of access at sidewalks and ramps,
street crossings, and in parking or transit access facilities. Also, sites
of public involvement activities as well as the information presented must
be accessible to persons with disabilities.
ADA requires specific participation activities--particularly
for paratransit plans. These include:
outreach (developing contacts, mailing
lists, and other means of notification to participate);
consultation with individuals with
disabilities;
opportunity for public comment;
accessible formats;
public hearings;
summaries of significant issues raised
during the public comment period; and
ongoing efforts to involve the disability
community in planning.
Why is it useful?
The disability community encompasses many people. As much as
14% of the population has hearing, vision, or mobility limitations. In
addition, many other Americans are temporarily disabled during part of
their lives--whether aged, infirm, or recuperating. In identifying and
consulting with the disability community, agencies find a wide range of
strikingly different needs. Ideas and input from people with disabilities
provide insight about their needs in using the programs or facilities being
developed. Additionally, people with disabilities participate as interested
members of the community.
All events held for programs or projects with Federal aid and
open to the general public must be made accessible to everyone, including
the disability community. Special efforts are needed to comply with the
statutory requirements of both the Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency
Act (ISTEA) and ADA.
Who participates? and how?
People who have disabilities in sight, hearing, or mobility participate.
People with sight impairments include those with visual impairment or total
blindness. People with hearing impairments include those with partial hearing
impairment or total hearing loss. People with mobility and self-care impairments
include those in wheelchairs or on crutches, some elderly, people with
children, and the temporarily disabled such as pregnant women or those
recuperating from injuries. The Spokane, Washington, Transit Authority
solicited disability community involvement through a "Rider Alert" program.
Orange County, California, Transportation Authority scheduled one-on-one
meetings with representatives of individual groups to obtain input to its
planning effort. In Juneau, Alaska, public workshops were held to discuss
compliance with ADA's transportation requirements.
Does it have special requirements?
Sign language interpreters may be required. They must be hired
early, since they are in scarce supply. Two interpreters are necessary
for meetings longer than one hour, to provide breaks for each other. Public
notices for a meeting should state that sign language interpreters will
be made available upon request, as was done by the Sacramento and San Mateo
County, California, Regional Transit Districts and the Johnson City, Tennessee,
Transit System. An individual who is both blind and deaf can be accommodated
by a deaf/blind interpreter, who uses sign language in direct contact with
that person's hands.
Listening assistance may be required, depending on the meeting
place. For example, small machines are available to amplify speakers' voices
via an FM transmitter and receiver system heard only by those with hearing
disabilities. It is possible to rent or borrow them from a State commission
for the deaf. In Massachusetts, the Guild for the Hard of Hearing offers
them on loan. Many meeting rooms in newer buildings have embedded in the
floor an FM loop to be used for transmission. A State commission for the
deaf may have Computer-Aided Real Time (CART) reporting in which the reporter
transcribes proceedings onto a screen during the meeting. Cable television
stations at meetings may bring interpreters for deaf persons or may provide
interpretation or captioning in rebroadcasting.
A telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) is essential for
communicating with people who are deaf or have communications impairment
over the telephone. Under ADA, all public agencies should have this inexpensive,
modem-like device connected with a telephone into which messages are typed
rather than spoken. A small light-emitting diode (LED) screen on each machine
shows the message. In some machines the message may also be recorded on
paper tape.
Sight-impaired people require materials in accessible format.
Prior to meetings, the Williamsport, Pennsylvania, Bureau of Transportation
advertises the availability of its plan in large print, tape, Braille,
and computer diskette formats. The Delaware Administration for Specialized
Transportation certifies that plans are available in accessible formats,
either in large print or on cassette tape. For people with sight impairments,
documents are prepared in large (22 point) print in Fayetteville, North
Carolina. Meeting announcements are prepared in large print in Wheeling,
West Virginia. The Phoenix, Arizona, Regional Public Transportation Authority
used large, bold, sans serif typefaces in its questionnaire on a plan update.
Whichever formats are chosen, the person making the request must be able
to use them.
How do agencies use the output?
Agencies' efforts are not fully inclusive of everyone's ideas until
they include people with disabilities. This requires an expansive approach
to accommodate the population that is disabled and that would not otherwise
be accommodated in transportation plans or processes.
Who leads the process?
Every State and MPO should make events accessible to people with
disabilities. Information on accessibility needs is offered by State commissions
dealing with disabilities, deafness, rehabilitation, or blindness, as well
as by local agencies or advocacy groups. Many of these groups assist in
doing outreach for transportation processes.
Each State has been asked to help people with disabilities through
formation of an Assistive Technology Partnership, which is Federally funded
to provide information, research, and training on ways to assist such people.
In some cases, State agencies are a central focus for assistance to individuals
with disabilities. In Massachusetts, for example, the Commission on the
Blind, the Association for the Blind, and the Vision Foundation provide
telephone tapes to sight-impaired people. These three services receive
information about dates or events and transfer that information to audio
tapes.
What does it cost?
Assistance need not be expensive, but it requires special care
and attention. Staff members need education to be mindful of the special
needs that must be met in setting up public meetings and hearings. In some
cases, it is appropriate to hire a staff person trained in dealing with
these needs. In other instances, it is possible to use existing State or
local agency services.
How is it organized?
An accessibility checklist for meetings and hearings:
1. Accessible meeting or hearing site:
Has the site been visited and viewed
with disabilities in mind?
Are primary entrances accessible (doorway
widths, steps)?
Is there circulation space for wheelchairs
throughout and at the front of the meeting or hearing room?
Are microphones, if used, at wheelchair
height?
Is there an amplification system to
aid hearing?
Are drinking fountains, rest rooms,
and public telephones at wheelchair height?
Is the meeting site accessible by
public transit/paratransit?
Is there parking for persons with
disabilities?
Is there signing for an accessible
route to the meeting room?
2. Meeting materials and services:
Are meeting notices in alternative
formats for deaf, hard of hearing, blind, and visually impaired people?
Are published meeting materials available
prior to the meeting in alternative media: large print, computer disk,
tape, or Braille?
Are sign language interpreters available
if requested?
How does it relate to other techniques?
All meetings or hearings must be accessible to comply with ADA,
if they are open to the general public. (See Public Meetings/Hearings;
Open Houses/Open Forum Hearings.) This includes most public meetings or
hearings, as well as charrettes, brainstorming sessions, and visioning
meetings. (See Brainstorming; Charrettes; Visioning.) Civic advisory committees
can serve the interests of persons with disabilities with appropriate representation
of them. (See Civic Advisory Committees.) Many committees and focus groups
where participation is by agency selection of representatives may not need
to be fully accessible, but special arrangements need to be made for the
disability community or its representatives.
What are the drawbacks?
There are no drawbacks to involving the disabled community. The
process is not fully inclusive of all community interests until they are
represented. Efforts that relate only to people with disabilities isolate
them from other parties. The goal of public involvement is to include everyone
in the process. This can be done by making community participation accessible
and by promoting integration of people with disabilities with many other
people who want to have a voice in transportation.
When is it most effective?
All events may attract people with disabilities. Special efforts
and events are useful to attract people with disabilities and to encourage
their participation in the process. When the expertise of the disability
community is used to make an event accessible, it is likely to be more
effective. (See Non-traditional Meeting Places and Events.)
For further information:
American Association for Advancement of Science, Barrier Free in
Brief, Voice/TDD (202) 326-6630
Capitol Transit, Juneau, Alaska, (907) 789-6901
Massachusetts Assistive Technology Partnership Center, Voice (617)
735-7820, TDD (617) 735-7301
Project ACTION, ADA Public Participation Handbook, (202) 347-3066,
(800) 659-NIAT (Voice/TTY)
RESNA Technical Assistance Project, Technical Assistance Personnel
Directory, (202) 857-1140
Chapter 1. INFORMING PEOPLE THROUGH OUTREACH AND ORGANIZATION
C. PROVIDING SUBSTANTIVE INFORMATION AND ESTABLISHING METHODS OF
COMMUNICATION
Public involvement is a two-way street. In order to participate effectively
in transportation project development and planning, people need ways to
both get information from an agency and give information back to it.
On the one hand, then, agencies need to provide attractive, eye-catching
materials that convey the appropriate "message." Desktop publishing and
ever-changing communication technologies offer agencies new, faster, and
more varied ways to capture the public's interest and give them the information
they need to understand what is being proposed. This variety allows agencies
to tailor public information pieces to specific purposes, media, audiences,
projects, or plans and to update them quickly and easily.
On the other hand, agencies need to offer people effective, easy ways
to communicate so that the ideas and concerns of the community are heard
and attended to.
The following section describes some techniques that help agencies provide
information and establish communication with the public:
mailing lists;
public information materials;
key person interviews;
briefings;
video techniques;
telephone techniques;
media strategies; and
speakers' bureaus and public involvement
volunteers.
MAILING LISTS
What are mailing lists?
Computer technology has revolutionized the process of compiling and
updating mailing lists--a staple of most public involvement programs.
Simplicity, ease, flexibility, and speed now characterize the once-cumbersome
process of maintaining and using collections of names of those affected
by or interested in a project or plan--including organizations, residents,
media, elected officials, abutters, agency personnel, interest groups,
and others. Agencies use mailing lists throughout planning and project
development to keep a thumb on the pulse of the community and other key
people. Lists include addresses but may also include telephone and FAX
numbers or other information to aid in contacting people in a variety of
ways. Using mailing lists, a transportation agency reaches an audience
with announcements of upcoming events, meeting invitations, newsletters,
summary reports, and other information about its activities.
List size is affected by a number of factors, including stakeholder
population and the scope of the project, study, or plan for which names
are being collected. The Atlanta Regional Commission's Family of Partners
has 1,200 names. Some organizations maintain larger lists; Portland, Oregon,
Metro's list comprises 60,000 names. The Central Puget Sound Regional Transit
Authority (RTA) retains an outside list-management firm to handle its large
master list, while smaller, more frequently used lists are maintained in-house.
Why are they useful?
Mailing lists help an agency organize its public communications,
particularly when lists are kept up-to-date on computer. New Jersey Transit,
with approximately 1,000 names on its Monmouth-Ocean-Middlesex
Counties mailing list, identifies names and addresses, group affiliation,
municipality, county, facsimile number, and committee membership. It can
assemble a mailing to specific groups or committees by using computerized
search and sort capabilities. The master mailing list of the Portland,
Oregon, Metro includes names gathered by several of its divisions. These
lists are combined and sorted by computer to avoid duplicates when the
agency wishes to contact the entire group.
Mailing lists demonstrate an agency's outreach efforts. A large
mailing list shows that an agency has tried to reach many people. A list
demonstrates that an agency has worked diligently to justify funding for
a project or to involve or interest the public in its work.
Mailing lists allow agencies to provide updated information quickly.
As agencies become more active in reaching out to communities, people expect
to receive continual updates on meetings.
Mailing lists can focus on a targeted group of people. Those
most affected by a proposal want to receive information on an agency's
intentions and on the progress of the work. Special efforts should be made
to include names of those who should be interested in what the agency is
doing.
Computerization maximizes the flexibility and usefulness of mailing
lists. From a database list, computers can generate mailing labels
or customize the greeting in form letters. This "merging" of names with
form letters allows personalization of each letter, rather than addressing
a generic "Resident" or "To Whom it May Concern." Computers generate lists
and sort according to specific criteria, such as zip codes. They also facilitate
updates of information.
Computerized mailing lists form records of persons an agency has
contacted. They can contain information gleaned from sign-in sheets,
phone-call logs, and correspondence. New Jersey Transit uses its list as
a record of meetings and events attended by individuals, as well as of
their individual issues and concerns.
Agencies analyze mailing list information to evaluate programs.
Agencies examine the effectiveness of a public involvement program by comparing
the names on its mailing list with the names of people who have responded
or participated. Areas where the population has not responded can be targeted
for special attention.
Do they have special uses?
Mailing lists provide an off-the-shelf pool of potential committee
and task force members, particularly if they comprise names of people
who have signed in at meetings, called in to a hotline, or expressed interest
in an issue--in other words, people who may want to serve in an advisory
capacity. (See Civic Advisory Committees; Collaborative Task Forces; Citizens
on Decision and Policy Bodies; Hotlines.) In Georgia, the Atlanta Regional
Commission (ARC)--a Metropolitan Planning Organization (MPO)--developed
a Transportation Resource Bank of over 1,200 names of people who signed
in at its planning meetings. For a subsequent major investment study, ARC
contacted people on the list to develop a set of committee representatives
with a variety of perspectives.
Agencies can reach all property owners who are affected by a
project or program. New York State Department of Transportation (NYSDOT)
uses tax maps to identify holders of property within a certain distance
of a project. The DOT then sends them mailings about the project and associated
hearings.
Mailing lists are used as a basis for surveys. Larger lists are
better in this respect, since they take a larger sample of a population.
Lists comprising registered voters provide a random sample, while lists
of people who are interested in a project define a self-selected group.
A survey to this type of group is still useful, since the respondents are
more likely to be well-informed. However, such a survey should not be regarded
as statistically valid (i.e., it does not represent the opinion of a representative
sample of the population). (See Public Opinion Surveys.)
How are mailing lists compiled?
Agency staff develops a list of people who want to receive information.
A small, active list of people begins the process and then grows over time
as more people become involved. Additions to a list are often keyed into
agency actions or specific milestones in a project or planning effort.
People get on a list by signing in at a meeting. People also
participate when they phone in comments or suggestions to an agency, if
the agency makes a record of the caller's name and address. Agencies offer
mail-in coupons in newsletters or local newspapers to encourage people
to get information by joining the mailing list.
Mailing lists can and should be shared among offices within an
agency and perhaps with other agencies and organizations. Outreach is enhanced
as the number of names increases, and sharing information helps keep the
costs of list maintenance reasonable. The Capital District Transportation
Committee (CDTC)--the Albany, New York, MPO--has assembled lists from other
groups, including New York State DOT, New York State Thruway Authority,
freight industry organizations, the Women's Transportation Seminar (WTS),
the Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE), the American Planning
Association (APA), and Delta Nu Alpha (a fraternal organization of transportation
professionals). For 10 projects along San Francisco's waterfront, the City
established a shared mailing list of more than 3,000 participants with
interests of individuals coded by project.
How are they organized and maintained?
The most basic task is to assess needs and expectations for the list.
What information does an agency want to distribute? What methods will be
used to package the information? How frequently will the list be used?
How much effort can be put into its maintenance? What resources are available?
A second step is to structure the information to be maintained.
On computer, each individual's information constitutes a separate record,
which is organized in categories called fields. A basic set of fields might
include:
Name
Street number
Street name
Post office
State
Zip code
Municipality (often different from Post Office)
County
Phone number
Facsimile number
Optional information could include:
E-mail address
Occupation
Household size
Adults in household
Affiliation (government official, interest group, etc.)
Meetings attended
Mailings sent
Statements or other responses made
Membership on committees
Source of information if names are an assemblage of other mailing lists
Some fields may remain blank for some individuals. Most records
include only names and addresses. A new field may be added at any time
when a mailing list is used for a specific purpose, such as keeping track
of attendance at a particular meeting.
A third step is to gather names and addresses. A variety of information-gathering
methods allows an agency to reach a large portion of the population. Organizations
use hotlines to build their mailing lists by having callers leave names,
addresses, phone numbers, and other useful pieces of information. (See
Hotlines.) Agencies might work with an organization that reaches most or
all of the population via services such as motor vehicle registration,
voter registration, tax returns, or utility billing. The Minnesota DOT
cooperates with utilities to send mailings out via utility bills. Albany's
CDTC used the local phone book to identify stakeholders and interest groups
for a survey of the freight community. The Portland, Oregon, Metro linked
tax assessor's information and addresses for all property owners in the
region to its geographic information system (GIS). Metro uses this program
to inform people within a specific geographic area, municipality, street,
or census tract.
A fourth step is to enter the data onto the list. This is a continuous
process as new people attend meetings or use hotlines, addresses change,
or an agency takes steps to broaden its constituency. Again, computerization
greatly facilitates this process. Albany's CDTC and the San Diego Association
of Governments send out return-mail postcards to people on its list. Recipients
are asked to return the cards, updating the information if they wish to
remain on the list. Those who do not return the card are dropped from the
list, thus making it more cost-effective.
A fifth step is to use the list for mailings. A list can be printed
out directly on envelopes or on labels for newsletters, announcements,
and flyers. It can be merged with a form letter for personalized contact.
Specialized lists may be developed from a master list by sorting the records
according to a parameter within a single field. To conserve expenditures
in agency staff time and energy, private services such as mailing houses
can handle large mailings.
These steps constitute an ongoing process. As the list expands
and changes, it can be reassessed for its value to the agency. New names
and information are added to keep a list up-to-date. The Alaska DOT has
kept a mailing list for 30 years. It includes members of the public but
changes over time to reflect new elected officials and representatives
from neighborhood and Alaskan native groups.
How are they used by agencies?
Agencies send out information in a variety of ways. General information,
such as newsletters, meeting announcements, or invitations, can go out
to an entire list. (See Public Information Materials.) When sending specialized
reports and other documents, the Central Puget Sound RTA, the Southwest
Pennsylvania Regional Planning Commission, the Atlanta Regional Commission,
and Albany's CDTC all sort their lists to target specific stakeholders.
For a transportation improvement program, an agency may send a summary
to an entire mailing list, along with a notice that the complete report
is available, while sending the full document to a selected group.
Agencies disseminate information and keep a record of interested
parties. Agencies can keep records of comments received as well as
personal profiles. Records of comments give agencies access to the opinions
of a segment of their constituents. The San Diego, California, Association
of Governments uses its mailing lists to keep track of the memberships
of over 40 committees.
Agencies maintain a master list, with subsets to contact on specific
issues. Agencies add names collected during all outreach activities
and sort the list for people interested in a particular issue for a targeted
mailing. In Washington State, the Central Puget Sound RTA maintains a master
list of all names and a priority list of people with a greater level of
responsibility. If an agency is about to make a presentation to the governing
body of a town, people from that town can be selected to receive notices
or invitations.
Who leads?
Agency staff leads in setting up a mailing list. The effort of
building and maintaining mailing lists is often significant and requires
the support and commitment of an agency's senior management.
Mailing lists need an organizer and caretaker to determine the
fields to be included and to keep the list up-to-date. A skilled and creative
clerical person with good computer skills and attention to detail can easily
execute the work. Organizers of meetings and other public events can be
enlisted to collect names and addresses of participants.
What are the costs?
Building and maintaining a large mailing list is a labor-intensive
process that can be fairly expensive. Albany's CDTC allocates about
5 hours per week to maintenance of its database (approximately 900 names).
Additional time is needed during peak periods when a large number of names
is received or if a large mailing is underway. The San Diego Association
of Governments dedicates approximately 10-15
staff hours per week to administration of its list (approximately 11,000
names). A Portland Metro staff person dedicates virtually all of her time
to maintaining its 60,000-name mailing list.
Mailing lists are labor-saving devices, particularly if computerized.
They allow an agency to contact many people at one time with individualized
letters or other materials. They save staff time on phone calls. A well-organized,
computerized list simplifies clerical tasks related to correspondence,
which can lead to a reduced clerical workload and an associated cost reduction.
Equipment requirements are fairly modest. Most data management
software packages can run on a desktop computer and are available for under
$300. Data storage is an issue if a list becomes especially large, but
a large list can be stored on a computer's hard drive or cartridge and
backed up on floppy disks. Mailing labels or envelopes can be printed out
on most standard printers.
Large lists incur significant mailing and printing costs, but
there are economies of scale. A typical newsletter is cheaper to print
after the first 1,000 copies. Bulk mail costs vary, depending on the number
of pieces sent to each zip code. If an agency wants to blanket a community,
newspaper inserts are a good alternative to bulk mailings. New Jersey Transit
recently used newspaper inserts to distribute 50,000 newsletters to key
communities in the Burlington-Gloucester
major investment study area and 25,000 newsletters to its Monmouth-Ocean-Middlesex
major investment study corridor. For smaller mailing lists, other options
may be more attractive. Bulletins from San Francisco's Bay Area Rapid Transit
District (BART) reach a list of about 500-600
businesses via facsimile machines.
How are mailing lists used with other techniques?
A mailing list is a basic building block of a good public involvement
program. It allows an agency to stay in direct touch with people who
have an interest in its planning and projects. Used periodically throughout
a process to distribute information, mailing lists require and contribute
to a record of people interested in transportation.
Mailing lists are used to structure information from other techniques
for gathering names. These include hotlines, other telephone logs, and
communications logs. (See Hotlines.)
Mailing lists are used to send out newsletters or other publications.
Newsletters, pamphlets, or other printed matter update people on the progress
and major milestones of a project or planning process. Announcements of
public meetings, open houses, and other events are facilitated by a well-maintained
mailing list. (See Public Information Materials.)
Mailing lists are a basis for on-line contacts with participants.
Kansas City, Missouri's MPO, the Mid-America Regional Council, is developing
its mailing list into a civic advisory network to reach people on the Internet
as well as through postal services. (See On-line Services.)
Mailing lists help set up civic advisory committees or other groups.
The New Jersey DOT, the Atlanta Regional Commission, and the Southwestern
Pennsylvania Regional Planning Commission in Pittsburgh use mailing lists
to look for potential members of Community Advisory Committees, focus groups,
or ad hoc task forces. (See Civic Advisory Committees; Collaborative Task
Forces; Focus Groups; Citizens on Decision and Policy Bodies.)
Mailing lists help in administering community surveys. Washington
State DOT has used its mailing lists to distribute surveys. The Portland,
Oregon, Metro mailed a survey to 400,000 people (60 percent of households
in the metro area) and received 20,000 returns, a 5-percent response rate.
As part of its Transportation Policy Plan Study, Pennsylvania DOT sent
out a survey attached to its newsletter and received approximately 400
responses. It should be noted that mailing lists are usually not a statistically
valid method of surveying. (See Public Opinion Surveys.)
Mailing lists help in setting up speakers' bureaus. The Atlanta
Regional Commission has used its mailing list to develop a speakers' bureau
that consists of a number of volunteers who meet with interested groups
to discuss transportation issues. This "Family of Partners" (a concept
also being explored by Georgia DOT) was developed using ARC's list of meeting
sign-ins. (See Speakers' Bureaus and Public Involvement Volunteers.)
What are the drawbacks?
The principal drawback is the amount of time needed to set up a list.
This time commitment entails a significant labor cost. Postage and printing
costs for large lists also put great strain on a budget.
To be cost-effective, mailing lists must be kept current. Albany's
CDTC and the San Diego Association of Governments send return postcards
to help weed out names of people who are not interested in being kept on
the lists.
Mailing lists can exclude a segment of the population. Traditionally-underserved
populations, such as immigrants or poor people, are particularly vulnerable
to being excluded. These people frequently do not come into contact with
an agency until a direct impact becomes an issue. Special efforts can broaden
the reach of an agency's mailing list. (See Ethnic, Minority, and Low-income
Groups; Americans with Disabilities.)
Trading names and addresses with other agencies is an issue.
Some people are concerned about their privacy when agencies trade their
addresses. Agencies need to inform people that lists will not be used for
commercial purposes but for keeping people abreast of recent developments.
Mailing lists are not a statistically-valid basis for surveys.
Agencies should be cautious when using data received from surveys, particularly
those from small lists. A list built from sign-in sheets and committee
memberships represents a self-selected group, not a methodically-selected
random sample of the population. (See Public Opinion Surveys.)
Sometimes agencies rely excessively on mailing lists to maintain
contact with the public. Often, the public treats bulk mailings as
junk mail and ignores them. Agencies need to remember that mailings cannot
replace direct contact through meetings, focus groups, drop-in centers,
etc.
Are mailing lists flexible?
Mailing lists are applied to a multitude of tasks, including
the building of committees, focus groups, and task forces, distribution
of surveys, and of course the distribution of notices, newsletters, and
reports. They can be tailored to contain virtually any informational category.
Lists can be sorted to make sub-lists of people based on location, occupation,
issues, interests, or other criteria.
When are they used most effectively?
Mailing lists are used throughout a process and for many purposes,
but they should be linked to other public involvement activities. A mailing
list is meaningless unless an agency has newsletters, announcements, invitations,
or other printed materials to send to the public. (See Public Information
Materials.)
For further information:
Alaska Department of Transportation, Juneau, Alaska, (907) 465-6971
Atlanta Regional Commission, Atlanta, Georgia, (404) 364-2575
City of San Francisco Chief Administrative Office, (415) 554-5782
Mid-America Regional Council, Kansas City, Missouri, (816) 474-4240
New Jersey Transit, Newark, New Jersey, (201) 491-8077
San Diego Association of Governments, San Diego, California, (619)
595-5300
Washington State Department of Transportation, Olympia, Washington,
(206) 705-7958
PUBLIC INFORMATION MATERIALS
What are public information materials?
Public information materials are materials that provide information
about a transportation investment that is underway or in the planning stage.
They are usually printed but sometimes are video or tactile. Public information
materials are an essential form of communication in any public involvement
process. The substance of the materials can be factual, present a point
of view, or in some instances be legally required and thus need special
drafting.
Public information materials communicate quickly. They are often
visually appealing, and many need not include a great deal of detail. Some
materials are quite small and contain a single item of information, like
a logo for a metropolitan planning effort or a telephone number for more
information. Some are geared to individual recipients, while others such
as billboards reach out to a mass audience. Public information materials
can summarize large amounts of information simply and in straightforward
fashion. A sample range of public information materials includes:
advertisements--display and legal notices
badges and buttons
billboards
brochures
display boards
electronic media
fact sheets
fast-food placemats
fliers
grocery bags
magnets
models
news articles
newsletters
newspaper inserts and articles
notices
on-line home page
posters
press releases
progress bulletins
public service announcements (paper, video, radio)
slides and overheads
summaries of reports
utility bill stuffers
videotapes
Why are they useful?
Public information materials provide basic information about
a process, project, or document in a fast, concise, and clear way. They
often summarize or capsulize the overall thrust of a process. They provide
information on what to do to respond, comment, get more involved, or get
on a mailing list for a project or study. (See Mailing Lists.)
Public information materials are an easy way to update information
periodically for people who aren't actively involved in an issue but
who are curious or interested about its status. Often this is a very large
group with fewer information needs than those who are intensely involved
and need information frequently and in more depth.
Public information materials make it easy for people to find information.
They are widely distributed to many people for maximum effect. Public information
materials increase the chances that people actually get the information,
because distribution can be extensive and less reliance is placed on press
releases, word of mouth, or memory.
Information can be presented in graphic, non-technical, and non-verbal
ways. Renderings, simplified diagrams, models, and cartoons communicate
information different ways. An Idaho Department of Transportation (DOT)
poster featured a cartoon map of a construction project. San Francisco's
Municipal Transit System (MUNI) used models to show how key stations would
be adapted to accommodate disabled people.
Public information materials target a broad public beyond those
who attend meetings. They expand the number and geographic distribution
of those who can become informed and participate. (See Media Strategies;
Improving Meeting Attendance.) The city of Worcester, Massachusetts, distributed
pin-on buttons saying "Route 146 and a Piker, too!" to promote a new turnpike
interchange and highway expansion project; the pins were distributed throughout
the region. As part of its "Open Market Plan," the Rochester, New York,
Telephone Company inserted information and a survey with a billing to all
of its 340,000 residential customers.
Public information materials can be tailored to a specific aspect
of a project or plan. They can focus on a geographic area, a particular
mode of transportation, or one element of a plan, such as evaluation criteria.
The Sioux Falls, South Dakota, Council of Governments produced brochures
on specific transportation modes, including one on bicycle access.
Public information materials can be fun, interesting, and attention-getting.
They engage people casually. Under its "One Percent for the Arts" program,
the Regional Transit Project in Seattle, Washington, used a host of amusing,
non-technical materials during its planning process, including posters,
badges, public service announcements based on interesting conversations,
transit music, and video art performances. TV and newspaper ads highlighted
the transit planning activities underway by using a character called "avoidance
man," an everyday citizen who attempted to ignore messages about the worsening
state of transportation in the Puget Sound Region.
Do they have special uses?
Public information materials help people decide to participate.
Attractive, well-illustrated, easy-to-understand materials make it easy
for people to comprehend a process or a proposal. If they highlight ways
for people to participate, community members may decide to get involved.
Public information materials get children involved. Games, placemats,
and posters have been used to attract children to transportation projects.
The Denver, Colorado, Regional Transit District created coloring books
to teach children about light rail and safety. Amtrak and the Chicago Rapid
Transit Authority prepared paper engineer's hats for children. Amtrak distributed
placemats with drawings that challenged children to find an engineer and
other rail personnel hidden in a crowd. The Federal Aviation Administration
prepared a connect-the-dots game and an activities book highlighting the
life of the first black airplane captain, August Martin. For Portland,
Maine, Comprehensive Transportation Study, materials were sent home with
elementary and junior high school children.
Public information materials can be multilingual. Extensive or
even moderate use of multilingual materials can create goodwill and demonstrate
that an agency is trying to reach out to all groups. (See Ethnic, Minority,
and Low-income Groups.) In Denver, Colorado, billboards in English and
Spanish were used to inform people about an upcoming light rail project.
Public information materials encourage people to seek more information.
The design of a piece can attract attention and encourage questioning.
It can become a symbol of a process or project.
Who participates?
Nearly everyone can use public information materials. An emphasis
on visual presentations makes it possible to reach people who are
busy and have only a few moments to catch the message; they appreciate
concise informative messages. The visual element makes it possible to reach
people who may have difficulties in reading, such as the elderly and children.
Visual information should be supplemented by materials designed to reach
those with sight impairments. (See Americans with Disabilities.)
Even technical and planning staff can benefit from the brevity
of public information materials. In the New England Transportation Initiative
(NETI) regional study, a newsletter describing alternative investment scenarios
was often used and cited by the Policy Committee. Although the full document
of the scenarios was relatively short, the two-page description had icons
for visual cues, making it easier to read and comprehend.
And how?
People read or view public information materials in a variety of
locations. They read it in print, see it on television, or hear it
on radio. They review brochures or other printed material at home. They
view displays in public buildings or at meetings. Libraries, state DOT
offices, transit stations, or city halls are good locations to lend videotapes,
provide summaries of reports, and distribute other public information materials.
In San Francisco, information on transit service and joint development
activities was placed in prominent locations on turnstiles.
People request information materials. In instances where wide
distribution is impractical, agencies can make materials available on request.
This is particularly true of reports, report summaries, slide shows, or
videos. Pennsylvania DOT produced several videotapes to lend to residents
on request. (See Video Techniques.)
Community residents can participate in preparing public information
materials. Members of the Citizen Planning Committee of the San Francisco,
California, Bay Area Rapid Transit District (BART) wrote articles for a
newsletter for a joint development planning study newsletter.
Public information materials reach people at restaurants and stores.
Restaurant or fast-food placemats with information about a project are
seen by people who may not read news articles about transportation projects
or listen to public service announcements. The Portland, Oregon, Tri-Met
combined grocery shopping with information about transit. Working with
a grocery vendor, Tri-Met printed messages on grocery bags, printed its
logo on grocery advertisements, stuffed a flier in each grocery bag, and
handed out magnets printed with a logo at the cash register.
Public information materials show that an agency understands and
values communication with people other than technicians and bureaucrats.
For the Central Artery North Area project in Boston's Charlestown neighborhood,
the Massachusetts Highway Department produced a two-sided color poster,
"Charlestown in 1999." The poster described community development goals,
illustrated by an artist's view of neighborhood development after the highway
was depressed. This poster touched lightly upon the engineering feats needed
to depress the highway, reflecting the interests and concerns of the community
about the future.
Who leads production of public information materials?
Experienced staff with communication, public involvement, desktop
publishing, graphics, and writing skills lead the production process.
Staff members need knowledge of community issues. The leader must be able
to translate technical information into terms that lay people can easily
understand. Denver, Colorado's transit district uses non-engineering personnel
to direct the public information process to be certain that technical issues
are stated in simple, easy-to-understand language.
Other agency staff get involved, including the public relations
staff. Policy staff members review material for consistency with an agency's
mission and other activities. People skilled in graphic design and production
are key to well-prepared information materials. To save money, people skilled
in desktop publishing can make changes and updates quickly and efficiently.
A desktop-published product usually is more effective than a simple, word-processed
piece, because it incorporates graphics, columns, and illustrations in
an attractive and easy-to-comprehend way.
Private companies and institutions can assist in the production process.
This may involve donating billboard or exhibit space, paying for printing,
producing public service announcements (PSAs), or helping get editorials
printed or aired. During the Atlanta, Georgia, Regional Commission's Vision
2020, local business and civic leaders wrote seven guest editorials for
the area's biggest newspaper.
How do agencies use public information materials?
Public information materials can test concepts or policies for agencies.
A fact sheet on a proposed policy position generates comments and objections.
Agencies use public information materials to explain a policy position
or invite public comments. By presenting information in an uncluttered
way, without a great deal of detail and technical information about options
and alternatives, an agency's message becomes clearer. The NETI Policy
Committee issued a newsletter asking people to comment on potential policy
shifts in transportation infrastructure investment, airport planning, and
growth management planning, among other issues, before it voted to adopt
any new policies.
Public information materials can focus on issues that affect a given
area or subarea, highlighting concerns about alignment, noise, travel
time, etc. For Boston's Central Artery/Tunnel project, a project-wide newsletter
included neighborhood-specific news bulletins to keep people up-to-date
with local happenings.
Public information materials improves awareness of a planning process.
They provide information on how to get involved. The Texas State Department
of Highways and Public Transportation updates people on the North Central
Expressway reconstruction project through a quarterly newsletter.
Public information materials offer opportunities for private-sector
involvement. Public-private partnerships are forged through donations
of billboard spaces, newspaper inserts, or utility bill stuffers to help
reach more people with information about a process.
Agencies form useful links with the media. Newspapers, especially
those in local communities, are not as constrained for space as radio and
television and are thus more likely to print articles, graphics, newspaper
inserts, and calendar listings. Progress bulletins and press releases give
reporters ideas and factual information for articles about a project. (See
Media Strategies.) In Boston, a neighborhood newspaper periodically printed
articles and graphics submitted by the Massachusetts Highway Department
to prepare people for upcoming meetings.
What do they cost?
The cost of public information materials varies widely, depending
on complexity and volume. Small ones, such as brochures, fliers, or newsletters,
are relatively inexpensive to produce, even on a large scale. Materials
are expensive to produce if they require four-color printing, large display
panels, models, or billboards. Costs are less per unit in volume printings:
not counting staff time, printing 1,500 copies of a newsletter might cost
35 cents each, while 5,000 copies might cost less than 20 cents each.
Desktop publishing produces public information materials relatively
inexpensively. Brochures, one-page progress bulletins, and fact sheets
with simple graphics can be produced on a personal computer. Use of color
grabs attention and enhances the attractiveness of a public information
piece but also increases the costs to produce it. The Maryland DOT produced
a five-page booklet describing the State's approach to a program of transportation
enhancements. In a simple, straightforward way, the booklet provides details
on a relatively new and unknown program, along with telephone numbers for
more information. The Iowa DOT's "Need Answers?" pamphlet has staff names
and telephone numbers accompanied by a map of districts.
Private-sector donations cut costs, as do cooperative efforts with
other agencies. Private organizations may distribute printed information
materials in grocery bags or utility bill inserts. Media organizations
may run meeting notices and PSAs free. Transit agencies may display free
advertisements in transit vehicles. Literature might be distributed at
toll booths. Billing agencies might include information materials with
their mailings.
Costs are incurred for staff time spent in production. Written
information, such as PSAs and news articles, takes time to produce. Designing
and developing graphics can be expensive, and the process from concept
to development to camera-ready can be lengthy. Outside consultants are
sometimes needed for major items such as displays or models.
Costs are closely related to the visual quality of public information
materials, but quality is crucial. A piece that is visually bland,
cluttered, dull to read, or otherwise unattractive obscures the message.
As in advertising, attracting people and getting them to read or look at
materials requires eye-catching, good-looking designs. The Arizona DOT's
Mt. Lemmon highway reconstruction project in Tucson used the slogan "Lemmon
Aid" in bright yellow on black in its eye-catching brochures and posters.
Costs are incurred in distribution. Bulk rates are available
to help reduce mailing costs. An alternative is door-to-door distribution
by volunteers. (See Speakers' Bureaus and Public Involvement Volunteers;
Drop-in Centers.) The Houston, Texas, transit agency reaches apartment
dwellers by hanging materials on their doorknobs.
How is production organized?
Public information materials are conceived at the beginning of a
plan or project. They can be oriented to support key goals and milestones
of the participation and technical planning processes. A time line for
production and distribution is prepared. Materials are planned to coincide
with major events and give periodic updates throughout the program. It
is often a good idea to schedule periodic communication throughout the
process for general updating or "keeping in touch" with people in the community.
Scheduled dissemination helps remind agencies of activities that should
be communicated to the public.
The target audience is identified. In most cases, the general
public will be the recipient. However, an agency may need to target and
customize materials to different groups. A local community heavily affected
by a proposed project may need special publications or explanations to
address its concerns. Soliciting funding for specific purposes requires
materials targeted to business or industrial interests.
General information about a process or project is made available.
Information that will remain constant throughout a process or project is
made available for repeated use. Pennsylvania DOT videotapes illustrating
the planning process are shown at meetings to newcomers who need to know
the overall background before they know the details.
Public information materials highlight an event or milestone,
such as the start-up of process, a major meeting, the release of a report,
the start of a new phase, or the conclusion of a project. The Wisconsin
DOT's first newsletter at the start of long-range planning introduced the
in-depth study process and the people involved. The Puget Sound Regional
Council in Seattle, Washington, mails a newsletter several times a year
to review events and announce upcoming dates of meetings.
Public information materials can survey a wide audience. Typically
used in printed materials, survey materials describe facts and include
a tear-off sheet to be sent to an agency. They also may list a toll-free
or local telephone number to call with comments or a FAX number to encourage
immediate response. (See Public Opinion Surveys; Media Strategies.) The
Little Rock, Arkansas, Metroplan MPO issued its report summary as a newspaper
insert and included a tear-off form for reactions and comments through
phone, mail, or FAX. Dallas, Texas, Area Rapid Transit mails comment cards
to people in the community to solicit input on how DART is doing in a number
of areas.
Updates and progress bulletins can be disseminated periodically.
The Little Rock, Arkansas, Metroplan used progress bulletins to keep people
informed of current issues. San Francisco's BART periodically sent FAXes
to 500 to 600 businesses to keep them abreast of happenings in its joint
development planning process. The Orange County, California, transit district
sent "Fast FAXes" to 100 companies for immediate information. New Mexico's
Middle Rio Grande Council of Governments updates information in an annual
report it distributes to the public.
Press releases serve as input to future media coverage. Reporters
who are following the process may use each new detail of a proposal as
the basis of a story. Basic facts are provided to help reporters assemble
articles and avoid mistakes or misleading information that could cause
difficulty or awkwardness for an agency. (See Media Strategies.)
How are they used with other techniques?
Public information materials are used with almost any other technique
of public involvement. They give basic information for open houses and
open hearings, media strategies, on-line services, drop-in centers, and
briefings. (See Open Houses/Open Forum Hearings; Media Strategies; On-line
Services; Drop-in Centers; Briefings.) They are used to announce meetings,
charrettes, conferences, workshops, and retreats. (See Charrettes; Public
Meetings/Hearings; Conferences, Workshops, and Retreats.) They contribute
names for mailing lists by soliciting interest from community residents.
The Seattle area's Puget Sound Regional Council produced a videotape that
was made into a public service announcement and shown repeatedly. (See
Video Techniques.)
Transportation fairs are excellent places to distribute public
information materials, particularly fun items such as buttons, magnets,
posters, and literature. (See Transportation Fairs.) A Washington, D.C.,
ridesharing organization supplied many giveaways at its transportation
fair.
Games and contests mesh with public information in creative ways.
The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) held an art contest for children
on the theme of "Flying Saves Lives." The FAA also published a bilingual
book, "A Visit to the Airport--Un Viaje al Aeropuerto," that included several
games, some also in two languages. (See Games and Contests.)
Public information materials reach out to minority, ethnic, and low-income
groups. Reaching out with basic information and facts presented with
visuals brings people into the process who might otherwise feel uncomfortable
participating. (See Ethnic, Minority, and Low-income Groups.) The Southwestern
Pennsylvania Regional Planning Commission prepared illustrated glossaries
of transportation terms to help people understand the planning process.
Boston's Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority prepared a transit
design kit that showed drawings of different transit vehicles, answered
basic questions about the study, and was printed in Spanish and English.
What are the drawbacks?
Public information materials require wide distribution to reach a
maximum number of people. They are an essential part of any public
involvement program. Failure to provide periodic basic information can
severely hurt a public involvement program and could cripple a project.
Finding ways to get information out takes creativity. Demand
on staff time and resources can be intensive. Staff members must know ways
people can obtain information about a variety of topics. They should be
skilled in examining needs and producing appropriate materials to meet
them.
Published or written materials are not usually interactive. Public
information materials cannot substitute for other forms of public involvement,
because they are one-way communication, unless a mail-back coupon is included.
People who see them must take further, individualized steps to get more
information or to participate. An agency should make the steps simple to
take, and respond promptly when community people call. (See On-line Services;
Computer Presentations and Simulations; Interactive Video Displays and
Kiosks.)
Events can overtake public information materials. Needs can be
determined by default, even with prior planning. An agency might have to
prepare public information materials to respond to editorial criticism,
counter negative publicity, compensate for difficult-to-read technical
reports, or respond to issues that have arisen naturally during the project.
In Denver, Colorado, the transit agency broke its long-standing rule of
not allowing advertising on shuttle buses in order to promote businesses
affected by the transit line construction and inform people about the project.
Production time is significant if materials are to be done well.
Production costs can be high, depending on levels of detail and numbers
of illustrations to be included. Increased volume of printed matter also
raises costs, but unit costs diminish as volume increases. Producing a
small number of customized materials is expensive and labor-intensive.
Public information materials may be perceived as public relations
and not public involvement. Materials that are too general and add
no new substantial information are often regarded negatively or ignored.
Public suspicions may also result from high-end advertising agency slickness.
Many people feel it is inappropriate for public agencies to spend a lot
of money on fancy public information material when other efforts or programs
are being cut back. To gain optimal response, materials should be straightforward
in design and content, especially if input from participants is desired
and if it needs to be made clear that plans or projects are not yet finished.
Public information materials may fall flat if the information is
too technical and difficult for lay people to grasp. Where possible,
agencies should avoid intimidating or technical language and formats. If
materials are not comprehensible to an average person, good will is lost,
and potential participants may become suspicions about an agency's motives.
An outside person can be asked to review the piece to make sure it is understandable
to the average person and not too technical or obscure.
Information is prepared in a form that will reach the target audience.
Press releases might not reach the intended audience, because they have
been placed in an inappropriate section of a newspaper or relegated to
a "lame duck" spot on a newscast. Pamphlets containing technical material
may not be read by local residents. Brochures or flyers that are discarded
as litter could have a negative effect on the community's perception of
an agency. To counter these problems, an agency designs materials for specific
uses and audiences and chooses the appropriate distribution technique.
Are they flexible?
Public information materials can be sent through the mail to
a project mailing list or an acquired list, or be inserted in another group's
mailing. They can be included in bills sent out by public or private organizations.
(See Mailing Lists.)
Public information materials can be sent electronically. They
can be put on a home page to be available on-line. (See On-line Services.)
Public service announcements provide information via radio or television.
They can include announcements of meetings, due dates for comments, recent
activities, upcoming events, and more. (See Media Strategies.) The Atlanta,
Georgia, Regional Commission's Vision 2020 process used PSAs to inform
people of the opportunity to voice their opinions through questionnaires
inserted in Sunday newspapers.
Public information materials can be used in displays. They can
be positioned to be seen from a sidewalk, highway, or rail line--for example,
on a billboard. They can be illustrations on window cards. They can be
posted in interiors of transit vehicles on car cards. The Houston, Texas,
Transit Authority uses cards in its buses to announce upcoming events.
Public information materials can be distributed at meetings.
They help get a meeting started or as a basis for a presentation or discussion.
They can be exhibits, videos, fact sheets, slides and overheads, models,
or progress bulletins. (See Video Techniques; Computer Presentations and
Simulations.)
Timing is flexible for most public information materials, except
meeting notices, newspaper deadlines, and materials relevant to public
hearings and official comment periods, where exact timing is crucial. Staff
commitments for producing public information materials is flexible except
for deadlines for production, printing, mailing, or presentation.
The format for producing public information is flexible. Options
relate to individual budgets, information dissemination needs, topics,
and audiences. A variety of types of public information materials can be
selected. Many public involvement programs mix and match materials.
When are they used most effectively?
An overall strategy for public information materials is developed
early in a process, before beginning to involve community residents.
At that point, an agency can strategize about what audiences need to be
targeted, what types of materials are needed, and when they will be most
effective. General materials on, for instance, the nature of the project
serve as background information that remains relevant throughout the process.
Materials can highlight important events or decisions. Timing must be carefully
considered, and materials scheduled so they are available in advance of
an event, meeting, close of comment period, or articles in the media. (See
Media Strategies.)
For further information:
Arizona Department of Transportation, Phoenix, Arizona, (602) 255-8143
Atlanta Regional Commission, Atlanta, Georgia (404) 364-2575
Boston Central Artery/Tunnel project, Boston, Massachusetts (617) 973-7000
Denver Transit Authority, Denver, Colorado, (303) 299-2401
Iowa Department of Transportation, Ames, Iowa, (515) 239-1137
Maryland Department of Transportation, Baltimore, Maryland, (410) 859-7367
Puget Sound Regional Council, Seattle, Washington, (206) 464-7090
Southwestern Pennsylvania Regional Planning Commission, Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania, (412) 391-5591
KEY PERSON INTERVIEWS
What is a key person interview?
A key person interview is a one-on-one talk about a specific topic
or issue with an individual recognized or designated as a community
leader. A key person might be an opinion leader, a spokesperson for the
community, an elected official, the head of an organization, or a representative
of local media.
The main purpose is to obtain information. While basic information
is provided to set the stage for discussion, interviews are designed primarily
to elicit the interviewee's reactions and suggestions. The goal is to learn
about the person's views and constituency, and his/her perceptions of the
agency, the planning or development process, and the political setting
in which work is being done. Key individuals are likely to have knowledge,
wisdom, and insight that can help an agency. In Texas, during the South
Oak Cliff study by Dallas Area Rapid Transit (DART), key person interviews
led to a delineation of significant issues within the community. A bond
issue that had major support was being implemented slowly. Though not directly
related to DART's work on the transit proposal, it was clearly identifiable
as an issue.
Interviews start early in the process to learn about the area
and the issues and concerns to be addressed. An agency may ask for names
of other individuals who should be contacted for interviews or be involved
in the participation process. It may want guidance on organizing a public
involvement process that includes essential, interested people, and that
reaches out and includes people traditionally underrepresented.
Key person interviews also are held just prior to decision-making.
The Maryland Transit Administration found that positions evolved from beginning
to end of a study and thus began to hold interviews near the end of a process
but before decisions were made.
Customarily, interviews are face-to-face events. Frequently,
a key person feels more comfortable if an interview takes place on "home
turf" such as his/her office or neighborhood. Although usually conducted
in person, key person interviews are also done on the telephone. (See Telephone
Techniques.)
Why are such interviews useful?
Information is transmitted informally outside of a larger meeting
that may be inhibiting. Key people often provide more detail on political
or emotional aspects of an issue that are difficult to discuss in a public
meeting. Liaison staff for a master plan study in Boston's South End interviewed
community and business leaders to learn about potential developments that
would not have been revealed in a large public setting. Interviews also
elicited input about ongoing concerns to help create a vision of the character
of redevelopment for the area.
Interviews help identify issues, concerns, and desired agendas.
They are helpful in rapidly getting details on the community and in understanding
residents' priorities. They also help establish points that must be covered
in meetings.
Key person interviews help target potential participants in the
process. They identify stakeholders who may be involved and interested
in a project or proposal.
Interviews elicit ideas for structuring a public involvement program.
They help set a framework for discussion by identifying potential members
for an advisory committee or meeting places perceived as neutral. (See
Civic Advisory Committees.) The Atlanta, Georgia, Regional Commission received
advice on structuring its public involvement program from its key person
interviews. For a Newark subway rehabilitation project, interviews led
New Jersey Transit to set up several station task forces rather than a
single advisory committee, as originally proposed. The Newark interviews
also identified safety as the overwhelming issue of community concern,
which led to changes in the work undertaken by consultants.
Key person interviews enhance an agency's credibility. They show
interest in the community and in understanding the concerns of a leader's
constituents. Conducting interviews sets a positive tone for subsequent
public involvement activities.
Do they have special uses?
Key person interviews are useful when a project affects a small group
in a unique way--for example, a block of businesses, a neighborhood,
or a specific institution. The group may be concerned about impacts of
a proposal and welcome early contact. (See Ethnic, Minority, and Low-income
Groups.)
Interviews are a good way to introduce agency personnel to the community
before beginning a public participation process.
One-on-one interviews can defuse a potentially confrontational situation.
Parties to disagreements want to be heard. Listening to key individuals'
views is rewarding to both parties, as well as to the larger community.
This is particularly important if the key person has been antagonistic
in the past, since it enhances an agency's understanding of opposing viewpoints
and gets them stated more clearly for the record.
Who participates? and how?
Key people are individuals who work with or represent other people.
They are crucial in understanding a constituency. Key people include community
group presidents, officers, former officers, and representatives. They
can be elected officials, respected people involved in community activities,
and officers or active members of clubs, agencies, organizations, and interest
groups. Key people can be active business people and practicing professionals,
or representatives of professional societies, such as chapters of the American
Institute of Architects and the American Public Transportation Association.
The Metropolitan Council in Minnesota interviewed the Minority Media Coalition
by telephone to find out key issues in the minority community prior to
a larger meeting to discuss overall media strategy. It is important to
note, however, that in some areas such as minority communities, American
Indian areas, small towns, and rural settings, opinion leaders are likely
not to be office-holders. In these areas, an agency should pay special
attention to finding out who the real leaders are. (See Ethnic, Minority,
and Low-income Groups.)
A key person meets with an interviewer via telephone or face-to-face.
Usually, the key person chooses the interview site. This may
be a home or office, or the location may be neutral to both parties. Informal
interviews can be held over coffee or lunch. The choice of setting should
reflect potential issues of security and confidentiality.
An on-site interview helps people point out specific issues.
In the Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority's (MBTA) Replacement/Transit
Improvement Study, agency staff talked with key community people on-site
in Dudley Square, a busy transit node and the focal point of the study.
Community leaders pointed out specific locations of concern about traffic,
pedestrian crossings, and land development. (See Site Visits.)
How do agencies use these interviews?
Interviews demonstrate that an agency wants to learn about the issues.
This is particularly true if an agency seeks out key people early in a
process. Credibility is also enhanced if an agency seeks advice on design
of a public involvement program. For the State Route 15 Vision Study in
San Diego, California, the City Heights Community Development Corporation
conducted interviews with agency officials, opinion leaders, residents,
and others to help plan the highway's future. The interviews were useful
not only for finding out about the issues but also for broadening the list
of potential contacts.
Key person interviews are a quick, personal way to learn a neighborhood's
concerns. They help identify players such as elected officials, other
agencies, opinion leaders, and other groups, as well as revealing issues
and interests in a project or plan.
Interviews help identify the "real" actors in a process. Often,
they are the fastest way to find out who in the community is perceived
as credible, who is difficult to communicate with, and who is a potential
ally.
Through interviews, an agency finds out what key people think of
its policies. The Little Rock, Arkansas, Metropolitan Planning Organization
(MPO) used interviews to discover the degree to which past policies were
out of favor. As a result, its Vision 2020 plan reflected the need to replace
past policies with proposed new strategies.
Key people help develop a list of contacts who can distribute information.
Interviews help build a network of critical people to contact. (See Mailing
Lists.) They even assist in locating the best bulletin boards for advertising
meetings and opportunities for participation.
Interviews with key people establish lines of communication between
community members and agencies. Local people contact their leaders to obtain
information or to register opinions, concerns, and complaints. This may
fit with traditional methods of quick and easy communication. (See Improving
Meeting Attendance.)
Making one-to-one contact helps break down barriers that might
prevent sharing information and opinions. The Dane County Regional Planning
Agency in Madison, Wisconsin, learned about the concerns of many groups
through individual key person interviews.
Who conducts key person interviews?
Staff members usually conduct key person interviews. The staff
person conducting a meeting should be comfortable with one-on-one contact,
personable, open, a good listener, good at probing for details, and able
to respond to key questions.
Sometimes senior staff are more appropriate. On certain occasions,
senior agency personnel need to meet with key people. For example, it might
be more appropriate and effective for a senior official rather than a junior-level
staffer to meet with the vice president of a major corporation. The head
of the Atlanta, Georgia, Regional Commission talks with key business leaders
on a regular basis. The director of the Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, MPO holds
regular visits with key people in the media.
Sometimes a well-briefed outsider is the appropriate person to
contact ethnic or minority members or polarized groups. The interviewer
must be well-briefed on issues important to the community and to the person
being interviewed. (See Ethnic, Minority, & Low-income Groups; Negotiation
& Mediation.)
What do they cost?
Costs vary, but interviews can be relatively cheap if the work
is local. Staff time is intensive and the most expensive item. It is particularly
significant if a large number of key people from various locations are
involved and travel is extensive. Also, long-distance telephone calls add
quickly to the costs.
Costs are closely tied to the number of interviews conducted.
A sampling of 10-20 leaders is
effective for certain purposes, while a more broad-based outreach may necessitate
100 or more interviews.
How are they organized?
An initial step is identifying the key people in a community.
It is important to undertake a wide range of efforts to learn who the real
leaders are, particularly in minority and ethnic communities. (See Ethnic,
Minority, and Low-income Groups.) One approach is to use indirect methods;
for example,
review old and current mailing lists;
review newspaper clippings;
review meeting notes from related
projects or earlier planning processes;
review impact reports, environmental
documents, and project-related testimony;
get copies of sign-in sheets from
meetings held by others;
observe neighborhood meetings for
other issues/projects;
talk to people knowledgeable about
local leadership; and
ask around at professional association
meetings.
A more direct means to build a list of names is linked-chain research
or personal contact and networking. In this approach, people are asked
to name leaders, and the process continues until nominations repeat earlier
names and the agency is reasonably confident most key participants have
been found. Some initial ways to do this by telephone include:
contacting local officials;
asking action groups and churches
who the respected leaders are;
asking neighborhood groups and agencies
who the respected community leaders are;
contacting friends who live in the
area or consultants who have done work in the area; and
sending out a "community audit" survey
that includes a question on community leadership.
Interviews are arranged in several ways. To set up an interview,
an agency staffer can establish initial contact by telephone. Ideally,
an interview is face-to-face and at a time convenient to the person. This
may be after work hours, since many people find it difficult to meet during
the normal work day. In Dallas, DART always conducts key person interviews
as informally as possible so that the person feels comfortable. A letter
of invitation may be sent if someone is particularly difficult to reach
or if a formal tone is desired. Often, a follow-up confirmation call is
useful and courteous.
It is often important to meet key people in their own community.
Frequently, key people view their neighborhoods as neutral, comfortable,
and non-threatening places. (See Non-traditional Meeting Places and Events.)
The Portland, Maine, Area Comprehensive Transportation Study (PACTS) conducted
interviews in key people's offices on the impacts of a proposed connector
on a school and county jail along the alignment.
Many interviews are conducted by telephone. Phone interviews
are very informal and immediate, but less personal. They sometimes are
done while the key person is at work and can be very focused. (See Telephone
Techniques.) Although phone interviews lack the personal contact of face-to-face
talk, they are easier to do impromptu. They are often revealing, because
the call seems more casual, immediate, and unrehearsed. A face-to-face
meeting encourages better preparation, perhaps by consulting with others.
During project development on the I-93/Route
1 interchange in Charlestown, Massachusetts, agency staff regularly called
key people in the community to report project events, then to converse
about their activities and reactions to the highway project's current status.
The purpose and topic of the interview is communicated in advance.
The general topic is introduced immediately. The interviewer stresses the
importance and goal of the interview and states that several key people
are being interviewed. This lets the interviewee know that his/her ideas
will be considered along with others. It is useful to explain that the
agency wants to listen and learn rather than lecture on the proposed project
or process. A short description of the planning effort with maps, drawings,
or photos is useful, along with brief written materials.
An interview begins with stating a specific proposal or issue.
Details should be available in case the interviewee requests them. A series
of questions prepared by the agency might be the next step. An interview
may be informal and free-form, with a brief statement of a proposal, followed
by questions and answers that guide the interview. The interviewer makes
it clear that the opinions expressed are primarily for the agency's internal
use in planning and project development.
An interviewer should be able to piece together connections and links
that make up the mosaic of relationships within the community. An agency
should avoid alienating potential participants or people who have views
that might not be fully understood.
The interviewer documents the interview in writing. Documentation
frequently maintains the anonymity of the interviewee. At times, it is
important to be able to cite the interview as authoritative, but permission
should be obtained before quoting people who have been interviewed. To
maintain anonymity, individual interviews can be summarized with other
interviews. In summaries, the key people's names may be listed, but most
comments are not attributed to specific individuals. Interviews for the
Portland, Maine, I-295 Connector
were summarized according to several themes: comments on transportation
issues in general and pros and cons about the proposed connector. Only
when it was essential to identify the person who made a statement--such
as a concern about the alignment's effect on a specific property--were
ideas attributed to individuals.
Telephone numbers are exchanged. The key person should be made
aware of the desirability of frequent contact and an agency's willingness
to respond to calls. To enhance contact, an agency can compile a list of
interviewees' work and home phone numbers and FAX numbers, if available
and if people are willing to take calls at home. The goal is to demonstrate
accessibility and the need for key people to call when they want to deliver
opinions and comments.
Follow-up is essential. Depending on the intensity of the planning
process and schedule, weekly, monthly, or bi-monthly follow-up contacts,
either by telephone or face-to-face, are critical. Follow-up keeps key
people and agency staff up-to-date on what is happening. Follow-up can
be based on initial interviews early in the process to create and maintain
a channel of communication. In Dallas, the DART community affairs staff
regularly contacts key people--by visiting, telephoning, or sending information--to
keep them up-to-date and knowledgeable about the agency's work.
How are they used with other techniques?
Key person interviews help identify participants. Interviews
with leaders help identify potential members of a neighborhood planning
council. They help increase and improve outreach to traditionally underserved
groups, ethnic groups, minorities, elderly, and children. (See Ethnic,
Minority, and Low-income Groups.) A civic advisory committee or task force
can grow from suggestions made in leader interviews. (See Civic Advisory
Committees; Collaborative Task Forces.) In a transit study in Burlington,
Vermont, representatives of a new civic advisory committee were identified
through interviews.
Interviews can help set goals and objectives for a task. A civic
planning committee working with San Francisco's Bay Area Rapid Transit
(BART) on a joint development project conducted interviews with the heads
of newly-formed groups to help determine the extent and goals of the organization
and its constituency.
What are the drawbacks?
Key people may not represent the total range of community values.
Interviews must be used with other techniques that help validate the information
gleaned from the interviews. (See Public Opinion Surveys.)
A variety of methods to reach people is essential to obtain a full
range of opinions. Heavy reliance on meeting notes and sign-in sheets
from public meetings tell an agency who the visible public leaders are,
but key people who work behind the scenes are easily missed.
Key person interviews do not replace direct talks with interested
or affected groups. Such interviews do not substitute for direct public
involvement.
Community members may be alienated if their key people are not interviewed.
If some people are misidentified as key people, community residents may
accuse the agency of ignorance or malice. In Portland, Maine, a school
principal identified as a key person turned out not to be as knowledgeable
and helpful as had been anticipated. In Dallas, certain community groups
felt that the transit agency gave equal credence to comments from individuals
and from their organizations. DART then encouraged the individuals who
were outspoken to join others in forming a new organization or to join
an existing group.
Interviews should include a full range of people, including opponents.
The Sioux City, Iowa, MPO used its district directors to help identify
people to interview. It was careful to include people who in the past had
been critical of some of its activities or policies.
Many agencies interview only public officials such as the town
manager, aldermen, or planners. Although these interviews represent one
segment of key people to contact, they must be done in combination with
interviews and talks with representatives of interest groups, opinion leaders,
neighborhood associations, individual residents, users, and more.
Are key person interviews flexible?
Timing and structure of key person interviews are flexible. They
can take place at any time, cover a variety of topics, and be structured
or open-ended. However, it is best to do interviews before negative news
gets out. Staffing is flexible, but interviewers must be good listeners,
open rather than defensive, and knowledgeable about whom to probe and how.
When are they used most effectively?
Key person interviews are useful both at the start of a process and
just prior to decision-making. Of course, it may be necessary and desirable
to continue the contacts throughout the process. Follow-up interviews are
done in the same manner as initial interviews. To save time and staff resources,
follow-up may be done by phone. If an agency does not follow up the interviews
or maintain contact with key people, credibility suffers.
Interviews help evaluate projects or proposals or the process
itself. In many cases, key people are well aware of a former process that
went awry. Their willingness to discuss it saves an agency many steps.
In addition, they have a sense of how a project or proposal will be received
within their community. This information aids an agency in modifying plans
to be more responsive to community concerns and to present to the public.
For further information:
Atlanta Regional Commission, Atlanta, Georgia, (404) 364-2575
City Heights Community Development Corporation, (619) 584-1535
Dallas Area Rapid Transit Authority, Dallas, Texas, (214) 749-2581
Little Rock Metroplan, Little Rock, Arkansas, (501) 372-3300
Portland Area Comprehensive Transportation Study, Portland, Maine,
(207) 774-9891
Sioux City Planning Department, Sioux City, Iowa, (712) 279-6344
BRIEFINGS
What are briefings?
Briefings are information meetings with a community group or leader.
Elected officials, business leaders, the media, regional groups, or special
interest groups can participate. Briefings usually involve issue-focused
communication between agency administrators, project managers, board members,
or other staff and a specific group or part of the community. They are
organized in several ways:
Some briefings are one-on-one meetings
with key individuals--for instance, between an agency representative
and a specific community representative or leader.
Others are held for key groups
to help establish rapport between agencies and the community and lead to
a free discussion to clarify issues. The Burlington, Vermont, Tri-Center
Transit Study held a briefing for local business leaders to discuss their
concerns about alternatives for transportation improvements, including
high-occupancy vehicle lanes, transportation system management, and a new
light rail system.
Briefings are held at critical
times in a program application or project schedule--either at the beginning
of a project or planning effort or at regular intervals to keep leaders
or the media informed.
They are used for either one-way
or two-way communication. Often, agencies use them solely to convey
information, but the format can include a question-and-answer session or
two-way discussion as well. If an agency chooses two-way communication,
it should organize the briefing accordingly. Notices should make clear
what format will be followed. For its Regional Blueprint for Growth and
Development, Minnesota's Metropolitan Planning Organization (MPO) met with
government associations to brief them and generate feedback.
Either an agency or the public
initiates briefings. When communities or individuals want information,
they may request that an agency hold a briefing.
Why are they useful?
Briefings provide immediate opportunities for focused communication.
They can be scheduled quickly to allow project leaders to communicate with
key community groups or leaders. Portland, Oregon, Metro tailors its presentations
to the interest of the group at hand, whether students, a chamber of commerce,
or a homeowners' association.
The community gets advance notice of an important event. By providing
an opportunity for questions, briefings help allay doubts or fears. An
agency can "test the waters" with a subset of the community concerning
a specific issue. Within the narrow focus of a briefing, community residents
give an agency the feedback and direction it needs to be fair and equitable.
The Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection held a series
of briefings for companies to inform them how to comply with new employee
trip reduction regulations. The three-hour meetings provided a range of
information about requirements such as surveying employees and implementing
ridesharing programs.
Briefings are a good way to establish communication links with affected
groups. They help clarify issues and demonstrate an agency's sensitivity
to local concerns. Because any project affects different segments of the
public, an agency should discuss the impacts and services with the people
most affected. The Portland, Oregon, Metro holds periodic briefings for
geographic areas and neighborhoods that are affected by a specific alternative.
Briefings help get candid feedback from the community. Community
people can comment off the record. Since they are not recorded, these comments
are relatively unrestrained--and therefore may provide a truer picture
of people's opinions.
Do they have special uses?
Briefings break through temporary barriers to full public participation.
In circumstances where the communication process is difficult or complicated,
they help an agency reach specific groups. In Wisconsin, the Dane County
Regional Planning Commission held a series of briefings with representatives
of each town to discuss the preparation of its 2020 Plan.
Briefings give critics a better understanding of a project. They
also give critics a chance to respond in detail, away from larger meetings
that dilute their participation.
Briefings repair damage. A misunderstood or misrepresented agency
uses briefings to get back on track. Briefings on critical portions of
a proposal are useful to open discussions. An agency may signal its need
for advice from community groups on ways to build greater understanding
or future cooperation. Poor communication is improved if agency staff talks
briefly and then listens attentively to the responses.
They demonstrate agency initiative. Opening a process with a
series of briefings shows that the agency is organized and eager to get
the word out. When an agency targets specific groups, it shows that it
both recognizes their existence and values their participation. To get
more people involved, the Twin Cities Metropolitan Council in Minneapolis-St.
Paul, Minnesota, recruited other agencies to serve as co-hosts during its
series of briefings.
Briefings help establish trust and credibility between an agency
and community groups. In Newark, New Jersey, elected officials attended
the Newark Transit Agency briefings on rehabilitation of the light rail
system to demonstrate their support.
Who participates? and how?
Briefings can involve any interested group--elected officials,
organization heads, appointed officials, community groups or associations,
business leaders, or professional associations. When an agency initiates
a briefing, it asks for participation by specific individuals. When a community
group requests a briefing, an agency should ascertain the group's interests
and send appropriate, knowledgeable staff. Community groups may want a
personalized presentation of a proposal in relation to their neighborhood.
A briefing is usually a simple gathering held around a small
table, in an office, or in a conference room. Alternatively, it is a conference
call between appropriate people to discuss a particular issue. Agency representatives
should be well-informed about the issues to be addressed, particularly
as they affect the participants.
Participants ask questions. The format should address their communications
needs. Often, a briefing includes a presentation on a plan's status, followed
by a discussion. Its design should facilitate communication between an
agency and participants.
How do agencies use the output?
Briefings reveal whether an agency is effectively communicating with
stakeholders. Agencies get feedback on the effectiveness of their public
involvement program. Before formal announcement of an event, input from
briefings helps agencies assess its potential effectiveness and adjust
plans accordingly to better meet the needs of the community.
Briefings help prevent misunderstandings by the public by supplying
accurate information and helping to get a message out. They also help prevent
agencies from misunderstanding the viewpoints of the target groups.
Briefings allow an agency to convey a message to the community.
By briefing a specific geographic, social, or professional group, an agency
reiterates a message or clarifies an issue. Planners for New York's Long
Island Expressway high-occupancy vehicle (HOV) lane held briefings with
local businesses to assess different elements of the design.
Who leads briefings?
Well-informed, articulate agency staff people lead briefings.
Since a briefing is an opportunity to improve communication, agencies send
senior staff or others who know the project or program thoroughly and are
aware of participants' interests or concerns. For discussion of technical
aspects, experts may be needed as well.
Agency staff may share responsibility with a community leader.
The agency need not lead a briefing alone. Community groups may participate
more freely if a community leader leads the discussion. In such an instance,
an agency representative participates both to satisfy the group's need
for information and to get its input. Agency representatives should be
prepared to lead a briefing if a community group has no designated leader.
In some situations, elected officials or agency board members may take
charge.
What do they cost?
A briefing is relatively inexpensive. The primary cost is preparation
time, travel (if necessary), and the meeting itself. Research or presentation
materials may be needed.
Special preparation costs may be limited. It is often possible
to use pre-existing presentation materials. An agency may use project-specific
presentation materials to maintain continuity. Staff may offer refreshments
at a small meeting as an icebreaker.
How are they organized?
Arrangements for a briefing are initiated by either party. An
agency offers a briefing to improve communication, or a community group
requests a meeting with the agency.
An agency must respond quickly to a request for a briefing. Response
time reflects an agency's commitment. Having to wait several months to
meet with staff seriously damages a group's trust in the agency's sincerity.
Every effort should be made to provide a timely response. If an agency
has no time to organize a briefing, it may share documents, videotapes,
or phone calls as a substitute strategy. (See Video Techniques; Telephone
Techniques.)
Briefings are customized for each specific situation. The particular
characteristics or concerns of a group suggest the best structure. An agency
must be sensitive to the group's needs, nature, and purpose, and identify
key people. (See Key Person Interviews.) As a sponsor of the briefing,
an agency determines where the group would be most comfortable and what
approach should govern the meeting. Any good public involvement program
includes constant monitoring of the press, meeting feedback, and other
sources of intelligence about the community. When an agency knows a community
group well--why it exists and where its interests lie--it can prepare well
for a briefing and organize it accordingly. New Jersey Department of Transportation
(NJDOT) officials met with owners of local newspapers and broadcast stations
to generate media interest in an HOV lane project.
An agency sends its best representatives to briefings--perhaps
a team of people with complementary presentation skills. A high-ranking
staff member or technical specialist can answer questions and demonstrate
an agency's commitment to participation. An agency should exercise care
in appointing briefing staff. Not all staff members make good public speakers,
and good speakers may not function well in small discussion groups.
Agency leaders make certain that unanswered questions receive
a response. Such records also help form the basis for subsequent meetings
with other groups or the community at large. Massachusetts Bay Transportation
Authority representatives met with municipal officials in each of eight
cities and towns through which its proposed New Bedford/Fall River Commuter
Rail Project would pass to inform them about the project and flag local
concerns prior to holding a series of open public meetings.
Communication between an agency and the community is continuous.
While either party initiates a briefing, an agency should continue the
communication process beyond a single session. An agency may approach a
briefing as the first in a potential series of meetings. The Portland,
Oregon, Metro has a policy of returning periodically to neighborhoods to
report on changes or findings since the initial briefing.
How are they used with other techniques?
Briefings are only one part of a larger public involvement program.
They supplement official and public interaction between community groups
and a public agency. Briefings should not be the only means of communication,
nor should they result from a group's frustration due to lack of other
opportunities for dialogue. Briefings are very important supplements to
larger public meetings, but they cannot replace them. (See Public Meetings/Hearings.)
Briefings augment other public education efforts. Briefings are
a good way to introduce a new program or delineate project principles to
a community already familiar with an existing project. They also help assuage
concerns about a project.
Briefings generate additional public involvement. After a briefing,
a community group may be willing to work with an agency as the project
or program advances. A community may want to participate in subsequent
meetings to safeguard its own stake in an agency's proposals.
What are the drawbacks?
Over-reliance on briefings lends an appearance of "back-room deals"
and therefore should be strenuously avoided. Holding small, seemingly controlled
briefings only in times of crisis or when actions are critical to an agency
may alienate a community.
Briefings may be viewed as an agency tool of little benefit to the
community. Community people may perceive that agencies do not listen
and do not absorb feedback.
Extensive use of briefings can consume agency staff time.
Are briefings flexible?
Briefings are held at nearly any time. Good timing helps make
a briefing successful. Agency staff must be flexible, since community groups
may request briefings on the spur of the moment. An agency may find it
beneficial to hold briefings at specific points in a process of planning
or project development; for example:
immediately before a major event or
decision;
after a crisis;
after an especially unsuccessful agency
effort; and
before introducing new strategies.
For further information:
Atlanta Regional Commission, Atlanta, Georgia, (404) 364-2575
Dane County Regional Planning Commission, Madison, Wisconsin, (608)
266-4317
Orange County Transportation Authority, Orange, California, (714) 560-5725
Portland Metro, Portland, Oregon, (503) 797-1746
Twin Cities Metropolitan Council, St. Paul, Minnesota, (612) 291-6423
VIDEO TECHNIQUES
What are video techniques?
Video techniques use recorded visual and oral messages to present
information to the public, primarily via tapes or laser disks. Although
many people now prefer video as a means of getting information, public
agencies are just starting to tap its potential use. During preparation
of its statewide transportation plan, the New Jersey Department of Transportation
(NJDOT) opened its regional forums with introductory videos.
Why are they useful?
A video is worth a thousand words. An easily-understood video
is more useful to some people than reading or hearing about transportation.
With the nearly universal availability of television and the emphasis on
visuals in today's society, videos have a role in transportation planning
and project development that has yet to be fully explored.
Videotapes provide an additional medium for reaching people.
Although videotapes are widely used in this country for entertainment,
they are also used for education and the dissemination of information about
transportation. Videos can describe the steps in a process. They are geared
to a group or an individual, depending on an agency's purposes, and enliven
the presentation of a potentially dull subject. The Connecticut DOT, for
example, prepared videos to enhance public understanding of incident management
on an interstate highway. Agencies make videos available through local
television stations, public libraries, and video stores or distribute them
door-to-door, as has been done in recent political campaigns. The Central
Puget Sound Regional Transit Authority (RTA) produced a short video at
each major milestone during development of its regional transit ballot
proposal and sent it to public libraries as well as interest groups.
Videos are used to introduce people to meetings and hearings.
Set to replay endlessly, videos present the same message each time without
variation. Because these repeated messages are "canned," they should be
presented in an informative, lively, and friendly manner. This may be extremely
important when used with, say, a formal public hearing. (See Public Meetings/Hearings;
Open Houses/Open Forum Meetings.) The Virginia DOT, for example, used videotapes
to introduce and describe an open house public hearing process.
Agencies use videos to document a planning process. They can
document proceedings of events in a public participation process. Viewers
are thus exposed to a wide range of participants and their concerns. Focus
group proceedings are frequently recorded on video for later replay and
analysis.
Videos illustrate different planning scenarios or project alternatives
and help people visualize a situation before, during, and after construction.
Many incorporate computer simulations, such as a ride on a transportation
facility before it is built. (See Computer Presentations and Simulations)
For example, a New York State DOT video illustrating the impacts of high-occupancy
vehicle (HOV) lanes was shown to elected officials, the business community,
and the general public. A separate video simulated the experience of driving
a car on both 10- and 12-foot-wide HOV lanes.
Videos help ensure that a consistent message is conveyed during
a series of meetings or other events, particularly when different staff
members are in charge. San Francisco's Metropolitan Transportation Commission
and Regional Planning Commission both produced videos on their long-range
plans and showed them at meetings to make sure the same information was
provided to all participants.
How do agencies use the output?
Videotapes reach a broad audience for participation. People who
cannot be reached in any other way often respond to videotapes. Presentation
software is now available to provide viewers with information they can
play on their VCRs. Currently, this technique often uses stationary images
similar to slides, but in the near future video presentations for television
will include live action as well as stationary and animated material.
Dry runs of presentations are often videotaped. Presenters rehearse
a presentation, review it on tape, critique elements such as substance,
voice modulation, posture, body language, jargon, and use of visual materials,
then make changes accordingly.
Agencies often distribute videotapes over a large geographic area
and in more than one language. They frequently clarify a complex process
to supplement an oral presentation. For example, Boston's Central Artery/Tunnel
project uses videos to simulate driving through a tunnel and along a surface
street during various stages of the project. Videos also update the community
on construction staging plans and mitigation proposals.
What do video techniques cost?
Costs of producing videotapes vary. Simple videos produced in-house
are inexpensive but may not be successful in reaching the target audience
with the right message. An amateurish production may alienate people from
an agency's approach or goals, because its unprofessional quality reflects
on the caliber of the project itself. A more professional production is
expensive initially but more cost-effective in the long run. Reproduction
of tapes is relatively cheap.
Length varies in accordance with the message to be delivered:
videotapes are prepared with a brief message or with more substantive content.
For example, in Missoula, Montana, a four-minute videotape was used to
introduce people to the principal issue of a meeting--the improvement of
a single, complicated intersection.
Video production demands a high level of staff expertise. Even
with donated video equipment, it is often difficult for agency staff to
produce a good video. Staff may be available to record highway or transit
rights-of-way, but these rudimentary skills fall short when a video must
be credible and informative about complex issues. If the in-house staff
does not have sophisticated production skills, outside assistance is required
to produce a high-quality, cost-effective videotape.
Who develops these techniques?
Video usage requires a lead person within an agency--a creative
and adventuresome person interested in trying new techniques for involving
the public in transportation. This can be an existing staff person or a
staffer hired for the purpose. Agency staff people are the best resource
to draft a video script and ensure that it is consistent with written materials
and the particular goals the agency is aiming to achieve.
Production frequently requires outside assistance. Although personal
recorders are widely used, videotapes to portray public activities should
be professionally and competently produced, using professional-quality
equipment.
How do they relate to other techniques?
Video techniques are often part of a media strategy. A video
can be released for use on television as camera-ready copy. An agency thus
provides the news media with an accurate portrayal of a process or project
to be shown as part of regular programming. Videos are a good means of
providing information about meetings or ongoing planning processes. (See
Media Strategies.) Seattle's Regional Transit Project, for example, used
videotapes for 30-second advertising spots broadcast more than 300 times
on five local television stations.
Videos reach people who would not otherwise participate in transportation
processes, including people with disabilities. Special efforts should be
made to accommodate hearing disabilities. TDD (Telephone Devices for the
Deaf) phones are available with small screens and keyboards to aid people
who are deaf or have hearing disabilities. (See Americans with Disabilities.)
A video is always part of a larger process and closely related
to other techniques. Because a videotape is a one-way device, suitable
for disseminating information, it has many potential applications. It can
be an element for discussion in a focus group or charrette. (See Focus
Groups; Charrettes.) It can record the points of view expressed at public
meetings and hearings. (See Public Meetings/Hearings.) It can document
positions established at civic advisory committee meetings. (See Civic
Advisory Committees.) It can report on agency progress at a transportation
fair. (See Transportation Fairs.) A video should not be used in isolation
from other techniques. It cannot replace face-to-face encounters with other
participants and agency staff. Public involvement participants should always
be fully informed if they are being recorded.
Videotapes can substitute for field trips. A video can illustrate
the characteristics of a region or a corridor, alternative modes of transportation,
alignments and adjacent neighborhoods, potential impacts, mitigating measures,
and methods of participation. (See Site Visits.)
How are they produced?
Videotapes incorporate a variety of technologies such as live
action, computer images, graphics, maps, and charts. They can be produced
incrementally. Slide shows can be augmented by scripts. Scripts can be
recorded and slides shown at pre-determined intervals. A finished script
and storyboard (picture sequence) can be developed and turned into a video.
Special equipment and processes are required to transfer computer information
onto tapes, and the level of quality varies.
Who participates? and how?
Any community member can use videotapes. The only requirements
are a television set and a playback machine. Printed materials such as
brochures often complement the information presented graphically in a video.
It is also important to provide telephone contacts for access to agency
personnel for further information.
What are the drawbacks?
Videotapes are not two-way. Unless special provision is made
for an individual to respond, the viewer watches a message without being
able to give feedback and without hearing opposing views. Thus, a tape
should include a means of contacting staff or obtaining additional information.
Some cable television stations use interactive techniques, including playing
a video and allowing responses from viewers by telephone. (See Interactive
Television; Interactive Video Displays and Kiosks.)
Video viewers are basically self-selected. Access is limited
to viewers with a playback machine. Special attention should be given to
the needs of people with disabilities. Interpreters may be needed to make
the information available to individuals with hearing disabilities. Text
must be sufficiently large so people with sight disabilities are able to
read it. For the blind, narration should be sufficient to explain the material
even though it cannot be seen.
Video techniques are rapidly changing. While videos are available
now principally via home rentals or scheduled programming, in some localities
it is already feasible for viewers to call in to view non-scheduled material
immediately or at a viewer-chosen hour on a specific channel. Increasingly
interactive techniques are being developed in the media. For example, in
a few years, it will be possible for agencies to compose videotapes with
information about specific processes to be broadcast on television, with
community residents able to register opinions in a poll immediately following
the presentation.
Agencies sometimes over-estimate viewers' attention spans, making
videos too detailed or too long. A good norm is probably 5 to 15 minutes.
Agencies should seek sound professional advice about how to define their
message succinctly and with an appropriate level of detail. For easy comprehension
and retention, a good video strikes a balance between substantive information
and simplicity.
For further information:
Central Artery/Tunnel Project, Boston, Massachusetts, (617) 951-6448
Central Puget Sound Regional Transit Authority, Seattle, Washington,
(206) 684-1357
Missoula, Montana, Department of Transportation, (406) 549-6491
New Jersey Department of Transportation Long-Range Plan, (609) 530-2866
New York Department of Transportation Region 10, (518) 360-6006
Puget Sound Regional Council, Seattle, Washington, (206) 464-7090
TELEPHONE TECHNIQUES
What are telephone techniques?
The telephone offers a unique, two-way medium for public involvement.
It can be used to obtain information and to give opinions. Its use has
entered a new era of potential applications to community participation,
going beyond question-and-answer techniques toward the evolving new multi-media
connections with television and computers.
Telephones have long been used for community involvement. However,
innovations are available for expanding telephone use. For example, Iowa
City, Iowa, offers telephone contact to an information television channel,
which includes bus routes and transit information, a route finder to specific
streets and points of interest, transportation for the elderly and persons
with disabilities, and a "tow list" of all license plate numbers that have
more than $15 in accumulated parking fees.
Potential telephone techniques for public involvement include:
auto attendant--a series
of tiered recordings leading an inquirer to a recorded answer or the appropriate
staff person;
information bureau--a
staff person responds orally to a broad variety of standard queries, such
as bus schedules or meeting dates;
E-mail--a staff person
responds to computer queries; (See On-line Services.)
hotline or voice bulletin boards--a
staff person or recording answers questions about a specific project or
program; (See Hotlines.)
FAX-on-demand--a recorded
message provides a menu of documents available by FAX and how to obtain
them;
telethon--a telephone
call-in for comments during a television program; (See Interactive Television.)
electronic town meeting--a
telephone call-in combined with a scheduled television program, which shows
results of public calls; (See Interactive Television.)
interactive voice response system--information
retrieval from a main computer using telephones or terminals; and
interactive cable television
information--a series of information boards or videos that can
be called up by phone to a television screen. (See Interactive Television.)
Why are they useful?
Telephone techniques are basically interactive. The telephone
is used to initiate a conversation or a query, and a response of some kind
is made to advance the action. Responses can vary from pre-recorded messages
to staff responses on specific topics. For example, a toll-free hotline
number was provided for public information during the Washington, D.C.,
Bypass Study, which covered an area of 6,600 square miles in Maryland,
Virginia, and the District of Columbia. (See Hotlines.)
Telephone techniques reach out to a broad variety of people who
might not otherwise participate in transportation processes, including
people with disabilities. (See Americans with Disabilities.) They are used
in community surveys to reach a statistically viable sample of the general
population. (See Public Opinion Surveys.) When combined with television,
telephone techniques potentially open a new audience for public involvement.
(See Interactive Television.) For example, in Savannah-Chatham
County, Georgia, a local television station presented a VISION 2020 program,
process, and critical issues, followed by an invitation to give opinions
by telephone; results were tabulated and shown later on the same station
like election night returns.
Do telephone techniques have special uses?
Agency use of telephones can cover many topics. An audiotext
service can be programmed to give answers to many pieces of information,
including times and dates of community meetings. For example, in Virginia
Beach, Virginia, a municipal telephone service is capable of answering
700 commonly asked questions; after receiving information, people leave
messages and respond to survey questions.
Agency use of telephones covers a large geographic area and shows
a desire to communicate with the general public. Telephones can be available
around the clock for messages and can be programmed to respond in more
than one language. They can be used to poll community opinions. (See Public
Opinion Surveys.)
Telephone techniques are easily understood. Special training
for participants to get involved or express ideas is not required. For
example, to introduce new users to its municipal service telephone information
system, Colleyville, Texas, provides refrigerator magnets as a telephone
directory to three-digit subcategories for guidance when calling about
specific topics, including transportation.
Telephone techniques can combine several applications. For example,
in Diamond Bar, California, an aggressive telecommunications project is
enhancing public communications and reducing vehicle trips by combining
an electronic bulletin board, optical imaging technology, geographic information
systems, electronic and voice mail, and FAX systems.
A FAX-on-demand system can deliver documents in response to queries.
These documents can be works-in-progress or final results of a process.
Costs can be covered through use of a 900 number (the call is charged to
the caller's phone bill) or a credit card billing. In Harrisburg, Pennsylvania,
the State House of Representatives uses a FAX-modem system to provide documents
to its members.
Who participates? and how?
Any community resident can participate in most telephone techniques--the
exception being the structured telephone survey, which requires specific
individuals as part of statistical sampling techniques. (See Public Opinion
Surveys.) In using the telephone, it is important for an agency to provide
background information to participants to bolster the ability to understand
the subject matter and this method of participation. Agencies need to make
special efforts to accommodate people who do not speak English. (See Ethnic,
Minority, and Low-income Groups.)
People participate by phoning their queries or ideas to an agency.
The agency is responsible for noting and recording ideas presented in this
way and for informing inquirers of how their comments are being recorded
and considered. Participation is further encouraged if results of telephone
interactions can be displayed and distributed to participants.
How do agencies use the output?
Telephone survey results are especially useful in sampling public
opinion. They demonstrate the degree of public support for an agency's
proposals and thus shape the results. They show potential political difficulties,
becoming useful in developing policy.
Hotlines help people reach the right staff person to give out
information about a program. They help an agency receive and disseminate
accurate information. (See Hotlines.) For example, Fort Collins, Colorado,
offers a pothole hotline in its City-Line telephone service for people
to report pothole locations. Fort Collins also offers information on right-of-way
permits, highway access, excavations and construction activities, signal
problems, bike lanes, and buses and carpools as well as city council and
neighborhood meeting dates and subjects.
How are they organized?
Highly technical telephone techniques require outside assistance
from specialized agencies or firms. The evolving relationships with cable
television are likely to require expertise and specific programs or equipment.
Telephone techniques need a lead person within an agency--a person
who is vitally interested in trying new techniques for reaching people.
The Loveland, Colorado, interactive telephone/cable television service
was initiated by the City Manager.
How do they relate to other techniques?
Telephone techniques can be part of a media strategy. They can
provide information about meetings or ongoing planning processes. (See
Media Strategies.) For example, nine cities in the Dayton, Ohio, area provide
a community calendar of upcoming events, accessible by phoning a local
cable television station.
Community surveys are sometimes made by phone. Telephone surveys
or opinion polls are frequently used to obtain information that is not
otherwise available to an agency. They are also used during a process when
a specific piece of information is required. (See Public Opinion Surveys.)
Results of telephone polls are used in many other situations.
They can be part of a focus group--as an element for discussion; they can
be part of a charrette--to establish the points of view of the community
at large; they can be used in civic advisory committees--to deal with community
feedback on a program or project. (See Focus Groups; Charrettes; Civic
Advisory Committees.)
Special efforts should be made to accommodate hearing disabilities.
Text telephones such as TDD (Telephone Devices for the Deaf) phones are
available with small screens and keyboards to aid people who have hearing
disabilities. (See Americans with Disabilities.)
Telephone techniques are not used in isolation from other techniques
such as public meetings or hearings. (See Public Meetings/Hearings.) They
are especially useful in obtaining community reactions after programs or
proposals have been adequately explained. They cannot replace face-to-face
encounters with other participants and agency staff. (See Open Forum Hearings/Open
Houses.)
What do telephone techniques cost?
Costs of telephone techniques depend on the extent of a program.
Simple answering devices are inexpensive but not interactive. Staff assignments
may be necessary in nearly all other techniques.
Telephone surveys are often inexpensive but in all cases involve
a sampling technique that should be statistically valid for subsequent
use and for credibility.
Basic interactive machines for cable television use are becoming
less expensive, and some channels donate air time as a public service.
The expense of producing a telethon or cable television program depends
on the extent of information to be presented. Live action and animation
are the most expensive portions of a presentation. (See Interactive Television.)
What are the drawbacks?
In recorded messages, participation is strictly limited unless
a means of contacting staff or obtaining additional information is offered.
Information is frequently disseminated without a means for people to offer
opinions or to reach appropriate staff people for further queries.
Telephone techniques may not be democratic, if a large part of
the population has no phone. This reduces the possibility of all participants
having an equal status and an equal opportunity to participate.
Telephones do not always allow people to hear other opinions.
A hotline provides agency information only. In telephone surveys, participants
must wait until the results are posted for them to read. However, in electronic
town meetings the results are posted shortly after polling is completed.
For further information:
Colleyville, Texas, (817) 281-4044
Diamond Bar, California, (909) 396-5689
Fort Collins, Colorado, (303) 221-6522
Miami Valley Cable Council, Dayton, Ohio, (513) 438-8887
Pennsylvania House of Representatives, (717) 783-6430
Virginia Beach, Virginia, City-Line, (804) 427-4068
Washington Bypass Study, Virginia Department of Transportation, (807)
786-2935
MEDIA STRATEGIES
What are media strategies?
Media strategies inform customers about projects and programs
through newspapers, radio, television and videos, billboards, posters and
variable message signs, mass mailings of brochures or newsletters, and
distribution of fliers. Working with the media, an agency takes an active
role in disseminating information. For example, the San Francisco area's
annual "Beat the Backup" program during California Rideshare Week promotes
ridesharing in partnership with a full range of the media.
Media strategies take a variety of forms. The simplest examples
are fliers about projects within a corridor (a targeted market area) or
variable message signs on highways that inform motorists (a targeted market)
of delays ahead or of alternate routes. (See Public Information Materials.)
Promotional brochures are used in direct mail campaigns or--as in Portland,
Maine--through a full-size newspaper supplement explaining the regional
transportation plan. Briefing reporters and editorial boards of both newspaper
and broadcast media with in-depth background on a project or program prepares
them to analyze an agency's approach and report on aspects of an issue
in an even-handed way. (See Briefings.) In New Jersey, media executives
were briefed on high-occupancy vehicle HOV lane proposals at the outset
of planning for the project.
Why are they useful?
An agency proactively frames the message, rather than allowing
the media to do it. Framing the message takes thought and attention about
all aspects of a program or process. Media strategies are routinely incorporated
into projects that need public focus, consensus, and understanding in order
to move forward. In Idaho, the Department of Transportation uses video
to introduce programs to the public and to provide news stories accompanying
press releases.
Effective media strategies deliver a uniform message to alleviate
the spread of misinformation that often becomes a barrier to understanding
or implementation. Strategies can be styled to meet varying levels of interest.
For Seattle's regional transit plan, a detailed program of media coverage
was integrated with other forms of community outreach.
Many people rely heavily on the media for information about events,
plans, or projects that affect them. The media are an important resource
for people who have little time to attend meetings or participate in public
involvement activities.
Do they have special uses?
Media coverage helps generate interest in a project or program.
In any program, the critical first step is to develop a central message
addressing such questions as: What is the plan or project? What does the
public need to know in order to participate effectively? Who is the audience?
Once these questions have been addressed, the specific media to carry the
message are defined--the kinds of media that will best serve the need of
encouraging public participation.
The media disseminate information widely. This includes informing
and educating the public via major articles and profiles on television
and in print as well as eye-catching ads to supplement the more formal,
required legal notices. Specific transportation projects typically reach
out to community residents along the affected corridor, to interest groups,
and to municipal officials. A media strategy for these kinds of projects
involves many activities. For example, in Washington, D.C., a media program
to encourage ridesharing ranges from mall banners and decals for shop windows
to an education program in elementary schools called "It's Cool to Pool."
Cable television is particularly useful as a tool for getting
the word out. It is much cheaper than paid network advertising and has
a more local flavor. Public access channels often videotape public meetings
and other forums and play them repeatedly over a period of time. (See Video
Techniques.) In addition, local cable channels have news programs, guest
editorials, and interviews where project issues can be highlighted. For
assurance of broad outreach to people who do not watch cable channels,
programming on regular stations and networks is an effective alternative.
Who participates? and how?
Stakeholders and agencies often cooperate in a media program
for a project. Civic advisory committees or other community representatives
help identify the best way to get the word out. (See Civic Advisory Committees.)
As individuals directly affected by a particular project or program, or
through past experience, they may know the best way to reach the public.
Agencies use community residents as part of speakers' bureaus that send
representatives out to promote a project at meetings of organizations such
as Rotary or Lions' Clubs and chambers of commerce.
How do agencies use the output?
Agencies monitor reactions to a media plan. Random surveys test
market penetration and determine whether the message is meeting a targeted
population.
A media plan elicits community responses. Mass mailings can include
simple questionnaires to be returned to the agency. (See Public Opinion
Surveys.) A television presentation can suggest that reactions be mailed
to the agency. On two-way talk shows, agency staff interact with community
callers to answer questions directly. As programs and projects evolve and
progress, media activities are adjusted to reflect their status and to
introduce new information.
The key is to put together a plan that informs and educates the
public by delivering the central message, no matter which type or types
of media strategies are identified.
Who leads media strategies?
Media strategies are led by agency staff, either the staff members
most closely identified with the project or the public affairs officer.
The involvement of local people is particularly important to a successful
media campaign. Community input and feedback help to "take the pulse" of
a program to be sure the media chosen are appropriate and effective.
What do media strategies cost?
Because media strategies are often expensive, they must be used carefully
and efficiently. A minimum strategy includes a central message, perhaps
contained in a basic press kit with maps, fact sheets, and other background
information, supplemented by a media tour of the project site. Complex
projects call for a more elaborate strategy. For example, in New Jersey
a strategic media plan was developed for outreach to print and electronic
media to support the long-range transportation plan.
Time involved is often substantial over the life of a project
or program. Some strategies are relatively low-cost. Briefings with editorial
boards of both print and electronic media, as well as regular low-key contact
with reporters and other media staff, are low-cost ways to deliver a message.
(See Briefings.) A public service announcement is usually a low-cost activity.
Costs rise with the kind of media used. A television/radio or
newspaper campaign can be costly, involving air time and production/printing
costs. Costs vary by project complexity and length. There are low, moderate,
and high levels of investment for utilizing the media. Depending on the
needs of the project, a media strategy ranges from relatively simple placards
or videos to a high-profile media campaign involving radio and television
ads in prime time.
Although costs of a paid media campaign are high, the investment
pays off , particularly when:
an agency wants to guarantee that
an announcement, information, or meeting date is published or broadcast;
an audience probably will not be reached
in any other way, or maximum exposure is needed;
an agency wants a say in the placement
of the material; for example, requesting a certain page location for a
paid ad or a certain time slot for radio/television;
a map, graphic, logo, slogan, or written
material needs to be shown in a certain format or with a certain design
that identifies the project or plan;
an agency wants to assure that its
message goes out exactly as written--paid advertising is not edited;
the media are likely to give an agency
better free coverage if it is already known as a paying client.
How are they organized?
Media strategies should be comprehensive. Strategies need to
be evaluated as they are being assembled and after implementation. Questions
to ask include:
breadth of techniques to use--How
many and what kind of techniques are appropriate?
effectiveness--How many people were
reached and how did they react to particular media?
ease of implementation--How easy or
difficult is it for the agency to implement the various elements? Is an
outside consultant needed? and
cost--What are the cost-effective
benefits in view of constrained resources?
How do they relate to other techniques?
Media strategies are used in conjunction with other techniques.
For example, televising civic advisory committee meetings enhances the
participation process by giving it a wider audience. (See Civic Advisory
Committees.) Results of brainstorming, visioning, charrettes, and community
surveys can be reported in the media. (See Brainstorming; Visioning; Charrettes;
Public Opinion Surveys.) News stories can promote a telephone hot line
for answering questions. (See Hotlines.) A visioning process in Atlanta
included televised town hall meetings, newspaper editorials, and a six-newspaper
survey of public opinion that produced 10,000 responses.
Are they flexible?
Media strategies are extremely flexible. A wide range of techniques
is used, depending on the project, its budget, and the complexity of the
message. In Los Angeles, a commuter newsletter bulletin was prepared for
widespread distribution to inform commuters about ride options and programs.
Preparation and monitoring is crucial. Advance work is essential
for staff to prepare the overall program and central message and to identify
the targeted audience. In New York, for example, a range of media has been
designed to promote the new HOV lane on the Long Island Expressway: a video
on ridesharing for businesses to use at their companies; posters in the
workplace on carpools and vanpools; local cable channels for advertising
spots; and variable message signs along the corridor. All these target
a specific audience--either residents or employers in the corridor or daily
expressway users.
What are the drawbacks?
Media outlets may outpace an agency by looking for a scoop and
framing the message without agency or community input. Public agencies
have little control over stories before publication or broadcast. Agencies
frequently spend valuable resources to explain a message or to try to reshape
public opinion rather than framing the message in the first place.
Media strategies take a high level of commitment sustained over
time to be successful. Strategic planning starts at the outset of a project
with the development of a detailed central message.
When are they most effective?
Media strategies should be developed early and sustained over
time. In this way, the public is well-informed and aware from the beginning,
thus enhancing the public participation process and creating greater opportunity
for successful implementation of the project or program.
For further information:
Central Puget Sound Regional Transit Authority, Seattle, Washington,
(206) 684-1730
Idaho Department of Transportation, (208) 334-4444
New Jersey Department of Transportation, Communications, (609) 530-4280
Rides (Commuter Services), San Francisco, California, (415) 861-7665
Washington, D.C., Council of Governments Ride-finders Network, (202)
962-3327
SPEAKERS' BUREAUS AND PUBLIC INVOLVEMENT VOLUNTEERS
What are speakers' bureaus and public involvement volunteers?
Speakers' bureaus are groups of specially-trained representatives
who can speak about a process or program. They can be community people
or agency staff. Bureau members meet with public and private organizations
and groups on behalf of a project, program, or planning activity. Members
of a speakers' bureau provide information about planning or project activities,
listen to people's concerns, answer questions, and seek continued participation
and input from the public. Agencies sometimes call them "listeners' bureaus"
to emphasize two-way communication and the intention to listen to the public.
Public involvement volunteers are people from the community temporarily
enlisted to assist an agency in developing and implementing a public involvement
program. In Georgia, the Atlanta Regional Commission's Family of Partners'
nearly 800 volunteers work with the commission on designing and implementing
its public involvement program. The Family of Partners trains its volunteers
to run meetings with local groups and neighborhoods and to move agency
planning information down to the grass roots level.
Public involvement volunteers add to the capabilities of a speakers'
bureau. Volunteer programs and speakers' bureaus may be used together
or separately. Speakers can be either community volunteers or agency staff.
Why are they useful?
Speakers' bureaus and public involvement volunteers serve a variety
of community groups. Speakers can be organized to address civic groups,
social clubs, professional organizations, neighborhood associations, and
other groups, but they have other uses as well. The Maryland State Highway
Administration created a speakers' bureau to cover the five-county U.S.
301 corridor project study area. Speakers addressed county chambers of
commerce, county commissioners, local Rotary clubs, neighborhood associations,
building industry associations, churches, political clubs, city councils,
local planning commissions, the regional delegation of the State legislature,
the regional council of governments, the State association of counties,
the regional transportation association, the professional engineering society,
and real estate firms.
They expand possibilities for community participation. Speaking
to community groups at a place of their choice increases the number of
participants in a planning process. (See Improving Meeting Attendance.)
Local groups involving people on their own terms and issues enhances interest
and thus helps broaden participation. Groups such as business or professional
organizations welcome community issues to the table at their own meetings,
where they focus on specific issues and concerns.
They help the agency understand community viewpoints. Community
representatives value the opportunity to present their concerns directly
to an agency representative who has come to speak with and listen to them.
They expect the representative to carry their comments back to the agency
for incorporation into plans or programs.
They help the community understand an agency and its work. Speakers
and volunteers help an agency establish closer relationships with various
organizations, facilitating communication and involvement in its planning
efforts. Working with several groups, they help develop a base of support
for implementation of the agency's efforts. The League of Women Voters
worked with the Port Authority of Allegheny County on the Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania,
Light Rail Transit project.
They add vigor to the public involvement process. Speakers and
public involvement volunteers help agencies respond quickly to requests
from local organizations for an agency representative to attend a community
meeting. The Missouri Highway and Transportation Department established
a public involvement strategy team made up of mayors, Metropolitan Planning
Organization (MPO) heads, and other local leaders for speaking in transportation
districts throughout the State. This arrangement stimulated many creative
efforts, including school curricula on transportation, writing contests,
information tents at football games, and a variety of open houses. (See
Games and Contests; Open Forum Hearings/Open Houses.)
Do they have special uses?
Public involvement volunteers can help assemble a community perspective
on a project or program. Volunteers who live in the community offer
special insight into a process or project. They understand its potential
benefits and impacts and have a well-defined perspective an agency staff
member might lack.
Speakers' bureau presentations can be tailored to address specific
concerns. Presentations can address the special interests of business,
environment, or local neighborhood groups. An agency can receive details
of the concerns and amplify its understanding of the perspectives of different
constituencies. An improved understanding helps an agency incorporate community
points of view into its products.
Public involvement speakers and volunteers are useful at events
like open houses, where person-to-person communication is a focus. (See
Open Forum Hearings/Open Houses.) They also represent agencies at transportation
fairs or events sponsored by other agencies. (See Transportation Fairs.)
For the New Haven, Connecticut, Q Bridge project, members of the project
advisory committee staffed an open house.
Public involvement volunteers can distribute information in meetings
or door-to-door. In Boise, Idaho, the highway district pays groups to distribute
materials such as reports and other documents. These public involvement
volunteers disseminate information on the streets or in other public places;
in some cases, they are prepared to answer simple questions as well. (See
Public Information Materials.)
Public involvement speakers and volunteers help bridge communication
gaps. Multi-lingual speakers serve as interpreters at events with a
sizable non-English-speaking representation. During its statewide planning
process, the Alaska Department of Transportation (DOT) used community volunteers
as Inuit interpreters for meetings in rural areas. When DOT planners were
on the agenda at traditional council meetings, where many elders do not
speak English, they took along Inuit interpreters to translate their long-range
plan presentations and facilitate question-and-answer sessions.
Public involvement volunteers serve functions in addition to speaking.
As part of an agency's public involvement program, volunteers serve as
assistants and auxiliary staff, or they may actually lead or assist in
organizing large events such as transportation fairs or agency open houses.
(See Transportation Fairs; Open Forum Hearings/Open Houses.)
Who participates?
A variety of people serve as speakers or volunteers--members
of partnership agencies, consultants, agency board members, elected officials,
or community residents. Speakers from civic and technical advisory committees
have the advantage of being already familiar with a planning effort. (See
Civic Advisory Committees.) Agency representatives (including public involvement
and technical specialists) serve as a nucleus to help in training. The
Maryland State Highway Administration called on people from its staff,
the consultant team, and a State-appointed civic task force to create a
speakers' bureau for the U.S. 301 corridor project.
Many groups of people are reached by speakers, including homeowner
organizations and neighborhood associations, chambers of commerce, regional
environmental and civic organizations, labor unions, professional associations,
religious groups, fraternal and philanthropic organizations, and educational
institutions.
How do agencies use speakers' bureaus and public involvement volunteers?
A speakers' bureau functions as an on-call service. Once a public
agency selects and trains speakers, it relies on them as an on-call resource
to respond to requests by community groups for agency presentations. The
Puget Sound Regional Council in Washington State has established a speakers'
bureau to improve understanding of freight movement as the circulatory
system of its economy. The Council works with volunteers from the private
sector's Regional Freight Mobility Roundtable to set up its speakers' bureau
calendar.
Public involvement volunteers have an advantage in eliciting concerns
and issues. Community volunteers genuinely portray themselves as part
of the general public. They are often seen as more neutral than agency
staff.
Speakers and public involvement volunteers contribute to an agency's
written communications. The San Francisco, California, Bay Area Rapid
Transit District (BART) encourages its speakers and public involvement
volunteers to write newsletter articles. People who have served as members
of the agency outreach team can help establish a rounded perspective in
the agency's written communications. (See Public Information Materials;
Media Strategies.)
A public involvement volunteer program helps identify people for
leadership positions. Volunteers frequently include interested individuals
or stakeholders. If they are effective speakers with well-developed interpersonal
skills, they may be candidates for further leadership in the community.
(See Civic Advisory Committees; Collaborative Task Forces; Citizens on
Decision and Policy Bodies.)
Who leads?
An agency appoints a staff person to coordinate speakers and volunteers.
Project managers often control staffing for their projects, and they may
be equipped to select and manage speakers and volunteers. Alternatively,
an agency's speakers' bureau can coordinate the speakers or public involvement
volunteers for all projects and programs of the agency.
Agency staff must provide training to help speakers and volunteers
be most effective. For speakers and volunteers, training should be
simple and continuous. Volunteers with public speaking experience may need
instruction on technical issues or a political context. Other volunteers
and agency staff may need coaching in the art of speaking. Training should
be available to speakers from the beginning of their involvement, and periodic
refresher sessions should be worked into the program.
Leadership is sometimes found outside an agency. As speakers
and volunteers address organizations and associations, people are drawn
into the process. This widening pool of individuals may include many dynamic
and influential people who, as they become interested in an agency's work,
may be tapped for additional outreach efforts. If they are community group
leaders, they may become key players in mobilizing their organizations
to assist an agency with its program or a specific project.
What are the costs?
Speakers' bureaus are relatively inexpensive. Basic costs are
incurred in sending speakers to a public meeting, whether they are volunteers
or not, including travel, handout materials, feedback cards, presentation
equipment, and (possibly) refreshments. Some agencies reimburse volunteers
for travel costs, including meals.
Public involvement volunteers can stretch a limited outreach budget.
An agency keeps public involvement costs down by making efficient use of
volunteers. Volunteers also enable an agency to greatly expand the scope
and intensity of its outreach program. Volunteer speakers provide assistance
to agency staff that lets the agency hold more meetings and reach more
people on a limited budget.
Even volunteer bureaus have a cost to the agency. Start-up costs
are associated with organizing the bureau and recruiting and training speakers.
Staff time costs are associated with debriefing speakers after their meetings
and with necessary record-keeping and meeting follow-up. The Atlanta, Georgia,
Regional Commission trains volunteers to be speakers and sends a junior
staff person to every meeting led by a public involvement volunteer to
take notes and ensure agency follow-up.
Public involvement volunteers and speakers are sometimes paid for
temporary work. For special events, projects, or programs, it is useful
for an agency to pay its volunteers and speakers a nominal sum for their
efforts. The use of speakers and volunteers extends staff capabilities
for a brief period or for an extended period of planning or development.
How are speakers' bureaus and volunteers organized?
Speakers' bureaus are initiated before or after community requests.
Agencies that are pro-active create a speakers' bureaus first, then solicit
invitations for speakers to come to meetings of community groups.
Agencies recruit representative candidates for their speakers' bureaus.
Since speakers are perceived as representatives of an agency, it is imperative
that the agency recruit people qualified and willing to do the job. Speakers
function as ambassadors, and their work should represent an agency's best
efforts.
Agencies train and equip the speakers for their work. People
frequently need help preparing for the role. Basic training includes tips
on posture, elocution, diction, and timing. While practice sessions and
role playing help in training, new speakers can attend presentations by
veteran speakers to see what the work entails.
Speakers need adequate materials and preparation. A core presentation
can be devised for speakers to use, including handouts, maps, videos, or
presentation boards. Prior to meetings, agency staff can assist a speaker
in tailoring the presentation to the host group's special interests. Many
speakers' bureaus also distribute questionnaires to the host groups and
prepare a list of specific questions to be discussed at meetings. Speakers
should be given an easy method of reporting back to the agency.
Speakers rely on agency staff for support and assistance. Junior
staff people accompany speakers to meetings to take notes, help with materials
or equipment, and assist with follow-up and reporting. Written records
of all meetings are prepared, with special attention given to major comments,
perspectives, and concerns. Agency staff helps speakers follow through
on responses to questions or requests that cannot be immediately addressed
at a meeting.
Speakers and public involvement volunteers are matched to community
group needs so their particular backgrounds and skills are effectively
employed. In a large-scale project, many organizations learn of the agency's
efforts and seek additional information. The agency speaker/helper coordinator
then works to assign appropriate speakers to the various host groups.
Agencies offer the speakers' bureau as a special public service.
The initial task is to let groups and organizations know such services
are available. An agency contacts the prominent civic and social organizations
within a study area and offer speakers for future meetings. This arrangement
allows the agency to distribute meetings over time to make the best use
of time available to its speakers.
Speakers and volunteers focus on communication and follow-up.
Within a speakers' bureau, the essential functions of communication and
follow-up must be stressed throughout. Speakers and volunteers facilitate
communication between an agency and its constituency and get the right
information out to people who request it.
How are they used with other techniques?
Speakers' bureaus are used in conjunction with written material or
videos and other graphic information pieces. They are also used to
follow up mailings of brochures or fliers. (See Public Information Materials.)
Rochester, New York's Genesee Transportation Committee includes in its
basic outreach materials a brochure about its well-established speakers'
bureau.
Speakers' bureaus and public involvement volunteers are integrated
into a larger effort with a variety of other public involvement techniques.
Although they are useful and relatively inexpensive, they cannot substitute
for other methods of reaching and involving the public.
Civic Advisory Committee members are ideal candidates for speakers'
bureaus. Since they are already actively involved in an agency's efforts,
they can speak comfortably about the agency's project or program. (See
Civic Advisory Committees.) The Governor of Maryland appointed 76 people
to a task force to study the U.S. 301 corridor. Several qualified speakers
from this task force volunteered to speak to community groups and to make
presentations to their own organizations or societies.
At open houses, speakers and volunteers help explain an agency's
work. Open houses can be labor-intensive, with many simultaneous one-on-one
discussions. The support of volunteers makes the effort easier for an agency
with limited full-time staff. Public involvement volunteers also assist
staff in the variety of tasks involved in preparation and implementation
of an open house. (See Open Forum Hearings/Open Houses.)
Public involvement volunteers staff drop-in centers or booths at
transportation fairs. They direct people to displays or written literature
and answer questions. If they cannot answer specific questions, they take
names and addresses for follow-up by an appropriate agency staff member.
(See Transportation Fairs; Drop-in Centers.)
Trained public involvement volunteers offer advice on program elements.
With speaking experience and exposure to community groups, volunteers have
useful perspectives on an agency's public involvement program. The League
of Women Voters helped the Metro Transit Authority in Seattle, Washington,
improve its public involvement program. The Austin, Texas, MPO enlisted
community volunteers to help monitor and evaluate the effectiveness of
an entire public involvement program for an alternatives analysis/draft
environmental impact statement.
What are the drawbacks?
An agency has less control over unpaid volunteers. Unpaid volunteers,
acting as speakers or volunteers, are not employees and are not entirely
under the control of the agency. An agency may design the speaking program,
but it cannot completely control the message the speakers give out. To
minimize this difficulty, the leader of the speakers' bureau needs to select
speakers carefully to match speaker with audience.
These techniques do not substitute for staff involvement. Speakers'
bureaus volunteers are not shields between the public and agency officials.
Agency heads, project managers, program coordinators, and technical staff
still need some exposure to the community during the public involvement
process. Speakers and volunteers play an important role in the outreach
process, but they must not be "fronts" for a distant agency.
An agency has a responsibility to volunteers and is aware of
their best interests. An agency does not expect volunteers to put in the
same hours or travel the same distance as paid staff. While an agency may
not be able to pay its volunteers, it acknowledges their contributions
and guards against demanding too much from them.
Volunteers loses credibility and standing in the community if things
go awry. At a critical stage in a project, especially if there is a
potential for confrontation, it is best to avoid using volunteers for presentations.
They have more to lose in the local community than an agency does. Agency
staff, however, may be seen as "only doing their jobs" during tough going.
Are speakers' bureaus and volunteer programs flexible?
Speakers and volunteer programs are shaped and modified as conditions
change and requests come in for agency presentations at group meetings.
These techniques make an overall program more flexible. By creating
a speakers' bureau or organizing volunteers, an agency adds flexibility
to its outreach. Speakers and volunteers bring a variety of additional
skills, contacts, and personal qualities to an agency's program or project
that might otherwise not be found among agency staff.
When are they used most effectively?
Speakers' bureaus are effective when approaching a milestone event,
a critical decision, or a program review. Getting the right speaker before
the right group at the right time is very effective. Some speakers are
considered "big guns@Cpeople
of high stature within the community. In addition to political influence,
some individuals or groups may command greater respect within the community,
and a well-timed endorsement or sign of support helps an agency's project.
For labor-intensive events, it is cost-effective to use volunteers
(paid or unpaid) to augment staff or stand in for staff. A group of
trained, informed volunteers helps agency staff do more in the time available.
Volunteers staff information tables, collect names and addresses, and forward
inquiries to staff for response.
For further information:
Alaska Department of Transportation, Juneau, Alaska, (907) 465-2171
Atlanta Regional Commission, Atlanta, Georgia, (404) 364-2500
Austin Urban Transportation Study, Austin, Texas, (512) 472-7483
Bay Area Rapid Transit, Oakland, California, (510) 464-6172
Connecticut Department of Transportation, (860) 594-2000
Genesee Transportation Committee, Rochester, New York, (716) 232-6240
Georgia Department of Transportation, Atlanta, Georgia, (404) 656-5267
Idaho Department of Transportation, Boise, Idaho, (208) 334-8300
League of Women Voters, Washington, D.C., (202) 429-1965
Maryland State Highway Administration, Baltimore, Maryland, (410) 333-6431
Metro-Dade Transit Agency, Miami, Florida, (305) 375-5675
Missouri Highway and Transportation Department, Jefferson City, Missouri,
(314) 751-1685
Port Authority of Allegheny County, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, (412)
237-7000
Chapter 1. INFORMING PEOPLE THROUGH OUTREACH AND ORGANIZATION
D. TAKING INITIAL STEPS
Getting started in public involvement need not be difficult. Here are
some steps an agency can take to organize a process that involves people
in transportation planning and project development:
1. Determine what kinds of information are needed for and from the
public, when, and why.
Clearly define the goals and objectives of the public involvement program--make
them specific to the needs of the particular transportation project or
plan. Ask: Who is the "public" for this venture? What information does
the public need in order to understand it? What kinds of information does
the agency need from the public? When in the process will this information
be most timely? In what ways will it be used to develop the best possible
project or plan?
2. Meet with community members and key people to further refine the
goals and objectives.
Make initial contacts with people known to be interested in or directly
affected by an agency's proposal or planning process. Include residents
and businesses from the general area where improvements are proposed. Include
a representative sample of stakeholders from throughout the planning region
as well as the transportation underserved and other hard-to-reach groups.
Solicit initial comments on the proposal itself, on who the appropriate
target audience is, and on how best to involve them in the process. These
might be individuals, community representatives, or special interest groups
(such as business, freight, and environmental organizations). Document
the input and note the reasons for specific approaches.
3. Scan for stakeholders and potential participants.
Identify potential participants from a list of people likely to be directly
affected by a project or planning process. Include special interest groups,
other agencies, freight interests, community leaders, the disability community,
minorities and ethnic groups, low-income people, and the poorly educated.
Ask people to recommend other potential participants or groups that represent
the community or specific interests.
4. Build a contact list and mail introductory information.
Set up a contact list of potential participants that includes their
affiliations and notes their particular concerns. Welcome them to the participation
process. Describe the purposes and goals of the project or planning program,
provide an overview of the ways people can become involved, and give date,
time, and agenda for initial meetings. Establish personal contact with
those who are unable to read a mailing.
5. Organize participants who are intensely interested into core groups,
and establish means for others to participate as their input is needed.
Offer people ways to participate that match their level of commitment.
Invite those who are highly involved to address specific tasks or issues
on a regular basis. Offer an array of other participation options for people
with less time or a lesser stake in the project or plan.
6. Set up a first meeting.
Choose a date or dates convenient to the most participants. Consult
community leaders for best times and places for meetings. Notify the public
and the media; send a mailing to everyone on the contact list.
7. Evaluate the approach with participant advisors.
Seek early feedback from community advisors to see if the public involvement
approach is working. Identify needed changes. Determine the effectiveness
of agency communication links.
Chapter 2. INVOLVING PEOPLE FACE-TO-FACE THROUGH MEETINGS
Meetings--formal and informal--are the backbone of a public participation
program. People like and need firsthand opportunities to discuss agency
programs and plans.
Why are meetings important?
Meetings provide a time and place for face-to-face contact and two-way
communication--dynamic components of public involvement that help break
down barriers between people and the agencies that serve them. Through
meetings, people learn that an agency is not a faceless, uncaring bureaucracy
and that the individuals in charge are real people. Meetings give agencies
a chance to respond directly to comments and dispel rumors or misinformation.
Far from being passive gatherings, meetings are interactive occasions
when people discuss issues of consequence to them and their neighbors,
listen to opposing viewpoints on the issues, and work together for the
common good. Agency staff people who handle public meetings need to be
trained in skills that encourage interaction and also keep the process
focused and productive.
Do agencies have options in organizing meetings?
The particular circumstances of a plan or project determine the type
of meeting that is appropriate, when it is held, the way it is organized,
and how it is conducted. Most meetings work best when they are adapted
to a specific purpose--for instance, for stakeholders in a proposed project
or plan to monitor its progress and effects, or for an agency to build
consensus and support. Because they demand time and effort from all participants,
meetings must be planned and implemented carefully. Options for organizing
meetings are described on the following pages:
A. determining the type of meeting;
B. selecting an organizing feature for a meeting; and
C. taking initial action steps.
Chapter 2. INVOLVING PEOPLE FACE-TO-FACE THROUGH MEETINGS
A. DETERMINING THE TYPE OF MEETING
The type of meeting, its timing, and its level of formality are determined
by its purpose in the overall public involvement effort. An effective strategy
tailors meetings to the target audience, the corridor or region, or the
types of stakeholder groups--and, in some instances such as public hearings,
to the legal requirements.
Scheduling for a meeting depends on what information participants need
and when they are likely to need it, as well as on when agencies need information
from the public. Sometimes a series of meetings is appropriate:
a kickoff session;
periodic meetings throughout the process,
especially timed with major planning milestones and decision points; and
a meeting or meetings near the end
of the process.
The underlying principle is to provide timely and adequate opportunities
for participation.
Flexibility is crucial. Agencies may vary meeting types to grab attention
or focus on specific elements of a plan or program. Near the completion
of a process, if an agency is legally required to hold a public hearing,
it may choose to prepare potential participants with further informational
gatherings and discussions. In cases where time is insufficient, agencies
might schedule another date when discussion can continue.
Agencies tailor the type of meeting to its substance and purpose, as
outlined below:
public meetings/hearings;
open houses/open forum hearings;
and
conferences, workshops, and retreats.
PUBLIC MEETINGS/HEARINGS
How do meetings and hearings differ?
Public meetings present information to the public and obtain
informal input from community residents. Held throughout the planning process,
they are tailored to specific issues or community groups and are either
informal or formal. Public meetings have been used for many years to disseminate
information, provide a setting for public discussion, and get feedback
from the community. Over 100 public meetings were used to develop a subway
extension in Boston. While the technique itself is not innovative, some
creative applications are being made. For example, Delaware used public
"exhibits" in an informal open house format with one-on-one discussions
as a focal point of each phase of a highway planning effort.
A public hearing is a more formal event than a public meeting.
Held prior to a decision point, a public hearing gathers community comments
and positions from all interested parties for public record and input into
decisions. Public hearings are required by the Federal government for many
transportation projects and are held in transportation planning at the
discretion of the sponsoring organization. Public notices in a general
circulation newspaper cite the time, date, and place of a hearing. The
period between notice and hearing dates provides time for preparing comments
for submission to an agency. During this period, the agency accepts questions
and provides clarification. The Georgia Department of Transportation (DOT)
expands the question-and-answer period by holding an open house in conjunction
with a public hearing. (See Open Forum Hearings/Open Houses.)
Meetings and hearings have these basic features:
anyone may attend, as either an individual
or a representative of specific interests;
meetings may be held at appropriate
intervals; hearings are held near the end of a process or sub-process before
a decision;
hearings require an official hearing
officer; meetings do not;
hearings usually have a time period
during which written comments may be received; and
community comments are recorded in
written form as input to an agency.
Why are they useful?
Meetings and hearings are forums for receiving community comments.
Both are widely used to achieve a basic level of community input and to
exchange information with a wide representation of community residents.
Public meetings are optional events and thus tailored to agency and
community needs. Public hearings, by contrast, are frequently used
to fulfill regulatory requirements. Meetings and hearings can, however,
be linked. For example, Metropolitan Planning Organizations (MPOs) in both
Atlanta, Georgia, and Bridgeport, Connecticut, held multiple meetings on
a transportation improvement program (TIP) at local public review meetings,
followed by a public hearing at the MPO level.
Public meetings are flexible and can be held as part of MPO or statewide
planning or part of a single project. There can be multiple sessions
on a single topic: the Kentucky DOT held community meetings on the State
TIP over a three-month period. Meetings can be held in multiple locations,
as can hearings.
A public hearing is a single opportunity for people to be heard.
If held at the end of a process without other opportunities for involvement,
it does not provide opportunity for early and continuing involvement as
described in Federal regulations. More frequent community input is essential
to agencies and more satisfying to people as a means of meeting participation
requirements and goals. In Seattle, for example, the Central Puget Sound
Regional Transit Authority (RTA) took part in more than 1,000 community
meetings, forums, open houses, and hearings to provide information and
receive public input on the Regional Transit Plan. As part of this effort,
agency representatives participated as guest speakers in meetings of groups
such as the MPO.
Do they have special uses?
Each meeting or hearing facilitates participation. Scheduling
these opportunities demonstrates progress toward involving community residents
in projects and programs. They provide a place to identify positions and
report a consensus or divergence of opinion to an agency. In Brisbane,
California, a "Have Your Say Day" was held to obtain individuals' ideas
for the city's planning efforts.
A single meeting can address several related projects or community
planning issues. This is more efficient for agencies, in terms of both
staff time and mailing costs, and it helps avoid participant burnout, particularly
when many of the same people are interested in several projects or plans.
Joint meetings also help to place individual project issues and goals within
a broader community context. For 10 projects along the San Francisco waterfront,
the city created a Waterfront Transportation Projects Office that coordinated
all the city agencies involved. The office used a common mailing list,
coordinated newsletters, and joint meetings. Through this cooperative effort,
participants saw their specific concerns in relation to the "big picture."
Who participates? and how?
All community people can participate in meetings or hearings.
In some instances, participation is structured, either within larger meetings
or for geographic areas. Both the Baltimore and Washington, D.C., MPOs
provide time for formal public comment periods (15-20
minutes) at each of their meetings. In Portland, Maine, the MPO received
input from neighborhood associations. The New Orleans MPO made special
efforts to reach out to businesses by sponsoring two major conferences
dealing with transportation issues of interest to businesses. The Mobile,
Alabama, MPO brought in Chamber of Commerce representatives to review TIP
projects and worked with them and others to forge a consensus. Meetings,
but not hearings, can be focused on particular groups.
How do agencies use the output?
Meetings and hearings help monitor community reactions to agency
policy, proposals, and progress. By observing reactions at periodic meetings
or at a hearing, agencies and people are made aware of opinions and stances.
If public meetings are held early in the process, these opinions may be
analyzed and responded to before they become solidified or difficult to
modify. Public hearings provide formal input to decisions.
Meetings can become a driving force for technical work. The MPO
of Dane County (Madison), Wisconsin, devoted one year of a three-year,
long-range planning process to responding to community input and comments
brought up at a series of meetings scheduled throughout the period.
Who leads public meetings or hearings?
Meetings may be led by an agency staffer or a member of the public.
In some instances, it may be appropriate to hire a professional facilitator
to lead a meeting, especially if the issue to be discussed is highly divisive
or controversial. A "discussion document" helps prepare people for participation
if distributed prior to public meetings, as is done in Los Angeles.
By contrast, hearings are led by a public hearing officer, who
is an agency representative. Agency staff helps disseminate information,
particularly when a public hearing is combined with an open house. Virginia
DOT publishes a step-by-step guide for open house public hearings, emphasizing
that people can attend at a time of their own choosing and can present
comments either formally or informally, as desired. The Georgia DOT reports
that proportionally more citizens make comments at open forum public hearings.
What are the costs?
Resource and staff needs can be substantial, depending on the
type of meeting. Delaware's exhibit meetings were heavily staffed--16 to
18 professionals were stationed throughout the room to answer questions
and determine the concerns of the 300 to 500 people who attended each event.
In a meeting or hearing preceded by an open house, displays of major elements
of a plan or process are required for full explanations to community residents.
Sketch overlays, notepads, or comment sheets are needed to record public
comments at the meeting.
How are they organized?
An agency organizes a public meeting or hearing and prepares
pre-meeting materials, including meeting announcements and agendas, displays,
audio-visual materials, and any mailings or publicity that are necessary.
The public should be made aware of the free access to these materials.
(See Public Information Materials; Mailing Lists.) In San Diego, the MPO
publishes an agenda and monthly digest of its meetings for public distribution.
Agencies consider the needs of people with disabilities and transit access
in selecting a convenient place and time.
An agency or community people may want to set up ground rules
for meetings. These include:
recognizing the legitimacy of others'
concerns;
accepting responsibility for coming
to a meeting prepared for discussion;
listening carefully and sharing discussion
time with others;
encouraging everyone to participate;
discussing with intent to identify
areas of agreement, clarify differences, and search for common understanding;
and
establishing a speaker's time limit.
For a public meeting, an agency provides meeting summaries in
written form, describing areas of agreement and disagreement. All points
of view must be clearly and fairly stated. A hearing transcript is formally
prepared, based on a stenographic record or tape.
How are they used with other techniques?
A media strategy is always necessary for either a public meeting
or a public hearing to attract the widest possible audience. (See Media
Strategies.) For example, adequate advertising for public events always
includes more than a single newspaper advertisement. During a public meeting,
a brainstorming, visioning, or charrette technique may be used. (See Brainstorming;
Visioning; Charrettes.) A facilitator may be appropriate. (See Facilitation.)
Special provisions need to be made to comply with the needs of disabled
people for access to the meeting. (See Americans with Disabilities.) Video
or audio tapes of proceedings are important for analytic or other purposes.
(See Video Techniques.)
An open house is similar to a transportation fair, for either
a public meeting or a public hearing. Presentations, slide shows, and one-on-one
discussions continue throughout the event. Exhibits are laid out as a series
of stations: a reception area; a presentation area for slide shows or short
talks; areas for one-on-one discussions between community people and agency
staff members, and displays of background information, activities to date,
work flow, anticipated next steps, and an array of primary subject panels.
(See Transportation Fairs; Open Forum Hearings/Open Houses.)
What are the drawbacks?
A public hearing is an insufficient level of public involvement when
held at the end of a process and not accompanied by other opportunities
to participate. In such a case, community members feel their concerns cannot
be addressed because they are heard too late and have little chance of
being integrated into the final decision. At open house public hearings,
although people may present views publicly, they are heard primarily by
the agency and not by other participants. Such hearings in Delaware include
time for speakers to talk in front of others who may have conflicting viewpoints.
Public meetings do not always allay community doubts about agency
credibility. Although they improve the possibility of adequate public involvement,
meetings must be frequent enough and well-focused enough on issues to demonstrate
agency concern about public involvement. In addition, an agency needs to
make clear the link between meeting input and decision-making. Public meetings
must be held early in the process and reasonably frequently thereafter
to dispel fears that they are perfunctory or that an agency is not listening
to community concerns. Large meetings or formal hearings may intimidate
people and restrain commenting.
A very small percentage of the public attends public meetings,
so such meetings should be only one component of a more comprehensive public
involvement program.
For further information:
Atlanta Regional Commission, (404) 364-2500
Central Puget Sound Regional Transit Authority, Seattle, Washington,
(206) 684-1357
City of San Francisco Chief Administrative Office, (415) 554-5782
Dane County, (Madison), Wisconsin, (608) 266-4137
Delaware Department of Transportation, (302) 739-4348
Georgia Department of Transportation, (404) 986-1360
New Orleans Metropolitan Planning Organization, (504) 568-6611
OPEN FORUM HEARINGS/OPEN HOUSES
What are open houses and open forum hearings?
An open house is an informal setting in which people get information
about a plan or project. It has no set, formal agenda. Unlike a meeting,
no formal discussions and presentations take place, and there are no audience
seats. Instead, people get information informally from exhibits and staff
and are encouraged to give opinions, comments, and preferences to staff
either orally or in writing.
An open forum hearing expands a public hearing to include elements
of an open house. In addition, after reviewing exhibits and talking
with staff, participants can comment on a proposal for the formal transcript
of the public hearing. Open forum hearings require formal notice, even
though the hearing itself is informal.
Open houses and open forum hearings have the following common characteristics:
Information is presented buffet-style,
and participants shop for information, including graphics, maps, photos,
models, videos, or related documents. Space is allocated for tables or
booths, and information is mounted on walls. (See Public Information Materials.)
Agencies reserve table space for comment
sheets where people write their opinions. Participants turn in comment
sheets at the time or mail them in later. Pre-paying postage for comment
sheets increases the likelihood they will be returned. (See Public Opinion
Surveys.)
Agency or technical staff people is
present to answer questions or provide details. Often at least one person
staffs each table, but agency representatives also are positioned at displays
or roam throughout the room.
These events can be used for either
a planning process or project development.
Since there is no fixed agenda, these
events are usually scheduled for substantial portions of a day or evening,
so that people can drop in at their convenience and fully participate.
Hours should be clearly set and well-publicized. In areas where people
work in shifts, open houses/hearings can be scheduled to overlap the shift
changes.
Brochures or videos introduce the
open house/open forum process. (See Video Techniques.)
Agencies usually provide take-home
written materials, brochures, or maps. (See Public Information Materials.)
These events can include non-agency
displays. Sister agencies and community proponents or opponents may be
given space to present a point of view, displays, documents, or handouts
in separate, visible areas. Some agencies have found that allowing public
groups to set up tables outside the meeting or hearing room helps the public
distinguish official agency information from other sources.
In addition to having all the features of an open house, an open
forum hearing has the following distinctive characteristics:
A formal public notice of a fixed
time and date must be published.
People have a chance to clarify individual
comments by reviewing materials before putting their opinions "on the record."
Comments are formally recorded. People
can comment orally before a designated staff person or court reporter,
or they can write opinions on comment forms at the time of or after the
event and return them prior to the announced deadline. (See Public Opinion
Surveys.)
The transcript of comments is made
available to interested people after the event.
Why are they useful?
Open houses and open forum hearings provide an informal, casual,
and friendly ambience. People drop by at their convenience, get the
information that interests them, and stay as long as they wish. Informality
encourages participants who are intimidated by formal meetings to attend
and give input; often the quality of responses is higher. The short time
required for participation attracts people who do not want to sit through
long public meetings.
Participants have many opportunities for questions and for detailed
answers. One-to-one conversations between agency staff and participants
encourage information exchange and foster courtesy and attentiveness. Question
periods have no strict time limits.
Participants have direct interaction with staff who might not
otherwise be readily available. Making technical staff available shows
an agency is open to community input. It allows for an informal exchange
of information, with everyone learning from each other. People can receive
immediate responses to questions about issues. Technical staff is available
to reduce misinformation and rumor. The New Mexico Department of Transportation
(DOT) includes a local district engineer in its open houses on planning
topics to address immediate project concerns. The Arizona DOT used a series
of open houses at various locations throughout the State to develop the
statewide transportation plan.
The format focuses on issues rather than positions. This focus
allows participants to consider strategies to help an agency identify issues
and propose solutions. Participants may request information and comment
on a proposal.
Open houses can be tailored to participants' specific needs.
They are held as necessary to improve public understanding of a process
or project. Graphics or other materials are prepared to directly address
issues of public concern. The California and Nevada DOTs held a joint open
house on the I-80 Rail Corridor
Study, which included maps and displays with a video on potential new rail
equipment for operation in the corridor.
Do they have special uses?
Open houses help get a community interested in programs, plans,
or projects. The publicity and the procedure call attention to a process
that is underway. For a Cleveland, Ohio, light rail transit project, open
houses were scheduled to gain name recognition for the project and to call
attention to the potential of the line.
Open houses are used when a project is complex. A project can
be broken into smaller pieces to enhance understanding. Detailed information
is presented graphically or in text. The format allows plenty of time for
people to see displays and documents close-up. Agency staffers give oral
information to supplement displays.
Open houses are held at an early stage in planning or project
development to gather information from people. Further along in the process,
they update this information or seek comments on the progress of a draft
plan or a project. The Pennsylvania DOT used a combination of open houses
with workshops to develop issues, goals, and specific policies for its
long-range transportation plan.
Open forum hearings are used primarily with projects, although
a State or a Metropolitan Planning Organization (MPO) may choose to call
a public hearing for other purposes. During the environmental process for
a project, the Nevada DOT uses the open forum format for an "informational
hearing" at the beginning of the process and for a design public hearing
at the end of the process. The Nebraska DOT holds formal public hearings
at the location stage of a project and open forum hearings at the design
stage. The Georgia DOT uses open forum hearings for virtually all of its
projects. If attendance is large, the Department gives out numbers for
those wanting to speak during the event and make their comments before
court reporters.
Who participates? and how?
Anyone interested in a plan or project development can attend.
New Jersey Transit used open houses as an integral part of its major investment
study of a potential Monmouth-Ocean-Middlesex
Commuter Rail Line.
Individuals with a specific stake in an issue are urged to attend.
They are especially encouraged to attend open forum public hearings
and make their opinions known.
Open houses or open forum hearings accommodate people who are reluctant
to speak in front of an audience. Casual settings are not as intimidating
as a public meeting with a large audience. Participants are encouraged
to ask questions. The Orange County, California, transit agency provided
bi-lingual staff at an open house in connection with a major investment
study. Staffers were identified by blue dots on their name tags.
The media should be encouraged to attend. Information provided
is generally comprehensive and may include useful visuals. Staff people
involved in the project are available for details. People give their opinions
of agency proposals or projects.
Stakeholders prepare visual and written materials to make their viewpoints
known. Space can be made available for community viewpoints expressed
in documents or graphics. At the invitation of the Tennessee DOT, American
Indians and environmental groups teamed up to display their own materials
at a table during an open forum hearing. People representing these groups
were present to discuss their position.
People interact directly with staff. To get a "true" sense of
a meeting, public hearing officers circulate around the room, listening
to questions and answers. Circulating also gives staff members a chance
to "relieve" others who are being monopolized by one person. The Tennessee
DOT uses a court reporter and comment cards at hearings, along with a two-week
period for further comments by letter, petition, or note.
How do agencies use the output?
Agencies use community comments for guidance in planning or project
development. Comments help an agency take the pulse of the community,
shape and modify plans, and monitor reactions of the individual stakeholders
most affected by the proposal or project. Participants in the Orange County,
California, transit agency's open house provided advice on how to best
structure the subsequent public involvement program.
Agencies review comments and incorporate them into the work wherever
possible. They also provide responses for the record to document and
acknowledge receipt of public input. For open forum public hearings, comments
and responses form the bulk of the formal transcript of a session, which
also includes the agency brochure, summaries of agency displays, a transcription
of oral comments, and copies of all written comments.
Who leads the process?
Agency staff members always take the lead for hearings and usually
for open houses as well. They are responsible for organizing the session,
setting up materials, getting staff to the session, recording the testimony,
and documenting the process and community attendance. Staff members also
respond to comments made at the session.
Agency representatives with expertise in the issues staff the tables
at open house sessions. Technical experts or consultants may assist in
the process. At open forum hearings, a public hearing officer is appointed
by the agency to assure a session's smooth operation and the agency's response
to comments.
What are the costs?
Open houses and open forum hearings involve significant staff time
in preparation and reproduction of materials, such as displays, graphics,
brochures, and other materials. (See Public Information Materials; Interactive
Video Displays and Kiosks.) Significant staff work on publicity efforts
is required to make a session successful. (See Media Strategies.) Staff
can be briefed to assure that similar questions receive the same answer.
Open houses and open forum hearings are minimally expensive or more
elaborate. Expenses increase with the complexity of the project and
the scale of graphics or display materials required. Special large graphics
dramatize the elements of a project. Expenses also increase as an agency
makes extra effort to publicize the event.
Staff needs to be present at sessions held outside normal working
hours. If consultants are involved, their contribution is helpful during
complex projects or processes.
A hall is needed for the event, and rent may be required. A neutral
space is desirable, depending on the level of controversy associated with
the session.
How are they organized?
As an early step, an agency defines the issues to be presented.
This process guides the choices and preparation of audio-visual materials
(whatever graphics tell the story best). The process also guides the selection
of written materials to be distributed.
Based on the issues, an agency designates an event coordinator.
For example, the coordinator may be from the planning disciplines if the
subject is long-range planning, or from the engineering disciplines if
a project is to be announced or explored.
The agency coordinator sets a date and time for the event. Both
date and time should be convenient for people who are employed during the
day. The Regional Transit District in Sacramento, California, held evening
and Saturday open houses to review alternatives for an extension of existing
light rail into South Sacramento. In experimenting with alternative times
for open forum hearings, the Georgia DOT determined that 4:00 to 7:00 p.m.
met most community needs. The Michigan DOT has found that 3:30 p.m. to
5:00 p.m. and 7:00 p.m. to 8:30 p.m. work best, in part because rural communities
often "respect" the dinner hour. Longer hours are essential for controversial
or large-scale projects when many people want to participate. Alternatively,
multiple sessions may be held at various times.
The coordinator finds space large enough to accommodate not only
tables and displays but also traffic flow for people to move efficiently
and comfortably between areas. At hearings, space should include a location
for taking oral testimony, and the facility should be relatively quiet,
comfortable, easy to find, free of conflicting events, and handicapped
accessible. Places to sit and rest should be provided. Drinking water is
essential.
Multiple locations are desirable for large geographical areas and
for planning processes. To encourage people to attend meetings for
its Statewide Transportation Improvement Program, the Oregon DOT held open
house meetings in school cafeterias, libraries, senior centers, and a community
theater. (See Non-traditional Meeting Places and Events.)
An agency gets the word out about the event. A media strategy
helps an agency determine content and spacing of announcements. Media announcements
dramatically enhance public awareness. Handouts are distributed in areas
of potentially high interest. (See Media Strategies.)
The agency prepares illustrative materials for display. Presentation
boards, copies of documents, maps, and videos are very helpful. (See Public
Information Materials; Video Techniques.) Topics to be illustrated can
include traffic, noise, specific sites, economics, design, neighborhood
impacts, routes, goals, evaluation criteria, and policy issues. Fact sheets
or maps can be provided for visitors to take home. The South Carolina DOT
uses color coding on graphics intended for community review to emphasize
and highlight the projected impacts of a project.
Tables are provided for specific purposes that allow people to
address issues in depth. Each table should be clearly identified. During
the feasibility study for the Los Angeles-Bakersfield
High Speed Ground Transportation Project, tables were provided for the
following: sign-in; orientation and video; routes and stations; environmental
study; engineering; train technology; costs; statewide policy; and terminal
station location.
The agency staffs the event. Staff people with specific areas
of expertise are scheduled for each table. Reception staff people are essential
to welcome new arrivals and to let them know how the open house works.
The Georgia DOT uses a "greeter@Ca
staffer who welcomes participants and helps them understand the process.
Other staff members can aid in recording comments or in explaining issues
to people. South Carolina DOT personnel wear name tags to identify themselves
and encourage questions from participants.
A method for recording comments from the community is established.
At open house sessions, an agency can provide cards for people to fill
out, for either immediate or mail-back return. For mail-backs, pre-paid
postage on the card or envelope speeds response.
For open forum hearings, an agency must provide a formal means of
recording comments. The Georgia DOT uses a court reporter to record
comments, while the South Carolina DOT provides a staff person to tape
record them.
Long lines at stenographer or tape recording stations detract from
the informality and convenience of this format for the public. Agencies
may provide multiple stenographers or recording stations. The Georgia DOT
used two stenographers for an open forum hearing attended by about 1,500
people. Another strategy is to use speaker time limits. At an open house
on its statewide plan, the New York State DOT used a traffic signal as
a device to let speakers know when their speaking time had expired. The
Delaware DOT schedules its speakers in order of sign-up and adheres to
a specified time limit. In other locations, however, time limits would
be unacceptable. Agency staff in Michigan successfully rely on the rest
of the audience to encourage brevity. Knowing when time limits are essential
or appropriate requires a thorough knowledge of the community involved.
How are they used with other techniques?
Open houses can be combined with public meetings. Displays, brochures,
documents, videos, and other materials can introduce a meeting and help
people prepare for it. (See Public Meetings/Hearings.)
Open houses can be partly staffed with civic advisory committee members.
For the New Haven, Connecticut, Q Bridge Study, committee members staffed
open houses to help ConnDOT respond to questions about the study and the
alternatives being considered. (See Civic Advisory Committees.)
Open houses often incorporate brainstorming or focus groups.
The Delaware DOT allowed participants to write comments directly on maps.
Other people could then review the comments and add their opinions. North
Carolina's Triangle Transit Authority conducted mini-focus groups as part
of open houses on long-range transit options for the region. (See Brainstorming;
Focus Groups.)
Public information is essential, including press releases, briefings,
speakers' bureaus, brochures, posters, mailings, and media announcements.
All information must be timely to assure that public hearing notice requirements
are met and to give people time to fit the event into their schedules.
Reminders can be sent out a few days before the session. (See Public Information
Materials; Media Strategies.)
Mailing lists are used to contact potentially interested people.
An agency should make special efforts to solicit minority and ethnic participation
and attendance at the session. (See Mailing Lists.)
An open house is a convenient place to conduct an informal survey.
People can complete the survey right away or mail it back. In this fashion,
an agency obtains responses quickly and analyzes the results to ascertain
community interest and understanding. (See Public Opinion Surveys.) The
Nevada DOT conducted a survey of interested parties in conjunction with
an open forum hearing. As part of work on its long-range plan, New Jersey
DOT recruited random participants for focus groups during open houses conducted
at a shopping mall.
What are the drawbacks?
An open forum hearing without an audience session precludes debate
on a proposal's merits. Parties do not hear opposing views first-hand--nor
do they have an opportunity to clarify stances or raise questions about
opposing viewpoints. Some critics charge that agencies use open forum hearings
as a "divide-and-conquer" strategy. If differing views are not heard, the
public may be surprised to find a controversy exists. When people hear
one another, they develop an improved understanding of a proposal and its
implications for other people. To assure that multiple viewpoints are presented
at an open forum hearing, the Ohio DOT allows community groups to set up
exhibition tables near the open meeting tables, labeled clearly to distinguish
them from agency tables.
An open house/open forum hearing only reaches people willing to attend.
Potential stakeholders who do not attend may not receive essential information,
and their opinions are not heard. Translators, translations of summaries,
and blue dots on name tags of bilingual staff, were used to supplement
the Orange County, California, open house, because minority participants
said they were ill at ease at such events. (See Ethnic, Minority, and Low-income
Groups.)
Outreach is limited to a few days, even if hearings are held in different
locations. A single event should not be the sole opportunity for people
to be heard. It does not reach large numbers on a continuing basis--a key
factor in successful public involvement.
Informal conversation does not replace written comment. In brief
conversations with agency officials during an open house, people sometimes
get lulled into a sense of being heard and fully understood. Agency staff
cannot be expected to retain all opinions and may not have sufficient time
to note each statement. Unless official recording is underway, people should
be encouraged to present written comments, so their opinions or viewpoints
are sure to be heard.
Constituents do not hear elected officials at an open forum hearing.
At traditional public hearings, elected leaders announce their views. At
open forum hearings, however, officials can speak to only a few people
at a time.
Effective displays and materials may be expensive. Large-scale
graphics and photographs are essential to promote rapid comprehension and
understanding of a proposal. Video is often used as a method of explaining
both the proposal and the process of public review. (See Video Techniques.)
When are they most effective?
An open house effectively disseminates information, either at an
early stage or prior to decision-making. Input to decisions or plans
is also collected. Additional events update information and obtain further
public input. The Montana DOT uses an open house or walk-in session to
disseminate information, frequently in tandem with a traditional hearing.
An open forum hearing is useful at the location or design stage
for gathering information. The Montana DOT uses it when it is essential
to register opinions from many subgroups.
For further information:
Connecticut Department of Transportation, (860) 594-2000
Georgia Department of Transportation, (404) 699-4406
Montana Department of Transportation, (406) 444-7205
Nebraska Department of Transportation, (402) 479-4871
Nevada Department of Transportation, (702) 687-3463
New Mexico Department of Transportation, (505) 827-3228
Pennsylvania Department of Transportation, (717) 772-2563
South Carolina Department of Transportation, (803) 737-1350
Tennessee Department of Transportation, (615) 741-2221
CONFERENCES, WORKSHOPS, AND RETREATS
What are conferences, workshops, and retreats?
Conferences, workshops, and retreats are special meetings to
inform people and solicit input on specific policy issues, plans, or projects.
In size and importance, they range from a subset of a larger meeting to
a large multi-day event.
A conference is a highly-structured program of presentations and
discussions. Conferences usually have an overall theme, with multiple
related sessions throughout the day. They can have presentations or panel
discussions followed by questions. Top officials or panels of recognized
experts help boost interest in attendance. Conferences often have plenary
sessions attended by all participants, followed by breakout sessions on
various elements. Conferences are as short as half a day or as long as
three days. The Kansas and Pennsylvania DOTs held all-day conferences on
their long-range statewide transportation plans. Workshops dealt with specific
issues of the plans.
A workshop is a task-oriented meeting organized around a particular
topic or activity. Typically, it involves a relatively small group (20-40)
and addresses aspects of a narrowly-defined topic. Workshops are usually
one to three hours in duration for small groups to work on specific agenda.
Because they are relatively short and task-focused, workshops can be part
of a larger meeting, conference, or retreat. The Southwestern Pennsylvania
Regional Planning Commission includes workshops at the beginning of every
meeting to provide information and discussion on specific topics to be
handled later in the meeting.
Retreats are workshops held in non-traditional settings without distractions.
A retreat is especially useful to work on personal conflict resolution
and communication. Participants give their undivided attention to specific
issues without interruptions for phone calls or everyday distractions.
Like workshops, retreats are typically task-oriented and work on focused
topics. Because of the complexity of an issue or topic, a retreat may require
one full day and sometimes longer.
Conferences, workshops, and retreats have several common characteristics.
They:
are special events, publicized separately
from other events;
highlight specific aspects of issues;
are applied in either planning or
project development;
set the stage for plans or projects;
showcase and refine specific aspects
of plans or projects;
provide focus and direction to participants;
and
often require advance registration
or are invitational.
Why are they useful?
Conferences, workshops, and retreats are useful at any stage of a
process. As special meetings, they are used early to set the stage
for formulating plans or projects. They are used mid-process to showcase
and refine specific aspects of plans or projects, resolve conflicts, and
work toward consensus. Near the end of a process, they demonstrate findings
and conclusions of the work effort. The Albany, New York, MPO scheduled
conferences at the beginning, mid-point, and end of development of its
long-range plan.
Special meetings allow people to better understand a project or plan.
They help individuals see the viewpoint of others. They give a "snapshot"
of community concerns and reactions to proposals. The Portland, Oregon,
Metro conducted mode and alignment workshops that generated good ideas
from community residents. Participants worked on maps to illustrate their
concerns and place proposed alignment options.
Special meetings offer a way to zero in on specific issues and concerns.
They deal with a single topic and its ramifications, or focus on notable
impacts of concern to individuals or groups. They provide an opportunity
for detailed discussion on a wide variety of elements of a plan or a project.
The Massachusetts Highway Department sponsored a series of conferences
on the future of Route 128, Boston's beltway. One metropolitan-level conference
included presentations by experts from around the country, while the other
two focused on State and local concerns.
Do they have special uses?
A conference helps "kick off" a planning process or project development.
Agency or elected officials add credibility to a process by being on the
program to discuss their hopes for the project.
A conference provides a forum to discuss statutes and regulations.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) held a public conference called
"The Right Route: Pollution Prevention and Transportation Planning in New
England." National leaders from EPA and the Federal Highway Administration
(FHWA) first addressed plenary sessions dealing with the implications of
the Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act (ISTEA, ) the Energy
Policy Act, and the Clean Air Act. Workshops were scheduled for late morning
and afternoon to deal with issues and develop a list of potential outcomes
to be reviewed by a panel of regional policy leaders at the closing plenary
session.
Conferences are used to celebrate the successful completion of a
process. Local residents and agency staff come together to review and
evaluate a process and its product. Local officials and participants may
officially bring closure to a successful process. Celebratory events reinforce
the value of an inclusive planning process and give agencies an informal
way to thank community members for their time and effort.
Workshops are particularly useful for smaller groups of people
who want to participate intensively. A small number of participants gives
each a way of being heard and registering thoughts and opinions. Small
groups allow a greater appreciation of others' views through opportunities
for more extensive interaction. Stanford University in Palo Alto, California,
used workshops to ascertain local concerns and demonstrate how the concerns
might be met, largely through urban design solutions.
Workshops and retreats are inherently participatory and encourage
a "working together" atmosphere. The informality encourages discussion
and give-and-take. By focusing on narrow topics, workshops allow time for
every participant to express a viewpoint. They are easily integrated into
a larger participatory process. The North Dakota Consensus Council, a public-private
partnership, sponsors forums on issues ranging from education to local
government services. Facilitators elicit diverse views, using consensus-building
techniques to resolve conflicts and find common ground. (See Facilitation.)
Workshops and retreats make it easier to participate without "going
on the record." Typically,
participants can speak out without being quoted at a later time. Questions
are asked to glean information. Participants raise and discuss points without
formal attribution, and the "trial balloons" that are a positive feature
of negotiation are floated. The Rochester, New York, Telephone Corporation
held workshops to solicit concerns and views about potential deregulation
of the telecommunications industry in that city.
Retreats are used to develop details of a transportation program.
The Georgia DOT held a two-day retreat with 40 representatives of transportation
users, operators, customers, and groups to "tell us what the public involvement
process should be." The University of Georgia's Institute of Community
and Area Development was retained to organize, conduct, and facilitate
the meeting, resulting in short-term recommendations that have been implemented
by the Georgia DOT.
Retreats can "clear the air" on contentious issues, bringing
disputants together to hear all sides of an issue and work out differences.
They can work on thorny problems and look for elements of agreement. With
a neutral facilitator, retreats provide an off-the-record means of stating
and working on issues between opponents. The process of addressing difficult
issues helps loosen adversarial relationships and creates the possibility
for compromise and consensus.
Who participates? and how?
Special meetings target specific stakeholders for presentations and
discussions. Conferences, workshops, and retreats help deal with specific
local concerns. They help garner suggestions and support by explaining
a proposal thoroughly. The State of Washington's Western Area Power Administration
used workshops to develop and select strategies of its plan for future
power needs using customer preference exercises.
Conferences, workshops, and retreats can be tailored to subsets of
groups or constituencies who do not normally participate. The level
of impact on specific portions of a community may warrant establishing
specific meetings for them. (See Ethnic, Minority, and Low-income Groups.)
Over time, it may be appropriate to add workshop sessions to incorporate
local concerns into planning or project development. Costa Mesa, California,
organizations sponsored "living room dialogues" among small groups to air
feelings and issues about day laborers gathering in a park and shopping
center while waiting to be hired. Discussions resulted in establishment
of a hiring center for day workers and a new human rights commission.
Conferences are customarily open to the public. Workshop and
retreat participants come from the entire community or by invitation. Special
efforts are needed to assure that all potential stakeholders are aware
of the event. Invitations can be extended to business leaders and active
members of civic clubs or organizations, along with agencies and interest
groups. Inviting elected officials to special meetings is always appropriate.
Certain conferences are attended by invitation only. The Minnesota Metropolitan
Council invited key players in business, government, and education to a
conference on regional economic strategies as part of a plan to build council
identity.
Knowledgeable people should be part of each special meeting.
For conferences, experts in specific fields serve as speakers or presenters
of information. For workshops and retreats, resource people are essential
for providing information and answering questions. Agency people ordinarily
act as individuals in the meetings, unless specialized questions are asked.
For breakout sessions, workshops, and retreats, a trained facilitator acts
in the neutral, central role of leading the meeting and keeping it on course.
Workshops and retreats can target specific groups. The Edison
Electric Institute held a two-day retreat to improve communication between
industry and consumer groups. A group of 20 to 24 people were invited,
chosen by their demonstrated ability to effectively present a position
for their groups. Time was allowed for socialization to encourage personal
relationships and dialogue among the participants.
During a special meeting, participants ask questions and add their
points of view to the discussion. They challenge agency reasoning on
projects or plans. They discuss alternative uses of resources.
Agencies hold meetings in local areas convenient for participants.
Planning for the Central Valley water project in California included public
workshops at disparate locations held every four or five months
over a three-year period. The project involved four rounds of meetings
throughout the valley.
Participants need preparatory information prior to a meeting.
An agency sends information to potential participants in advance to let
them choose whether or not to attend a special meeting. (See Mailing Lists.)
A conference agenda or brochure displays topics, speakers, and opportunities
for participation in discussion. A telephone number or agency contact helps
participants find further information.
How do agencies use conferences, workshops, and retreats?
Special meetings send a message of agency commitment to public involvement
and enhance agency credibility in a process of planning or project development.
A conference held in Atlanta, Georgia, helped define new interagency approaches
to fostering public participation of people affected by transportation
investments. The conference was jointly sponsored by the Federal Highway,
Transit, and Rail Administrations and the Environmental Justice Resource
Center at Clark Atlanta University.
They give plans and projects a high profile and attract interest.
By focusing events and presentations on a single proposal, an agency attracts
many participants, including the media, to an event where they can be guided
toward presentations or discussions that interest them.
Conferences give in-depth information about a project or plan.
The complexity of a planning effort or project development can be portrayed
at a conference where detailed information can be obtained. A conference
includes sub-meetings and presentations on a variety of topics. A conference
program has several topics presented at the same hour in separate rooms,
allowing participants to choose among them.
Special meetings provide input to a plan or project. Agencies
obtain new ideas in response to their proposals. Participants have an opportunity
to offer suggestions for policy changes or for alterations in details of
a project. Special meetings provide an opportunity for participants to
debate the issues with one another.
Who leads them?
A conference may require specialized organization and leadership.
The scope of a conference, involving many presentations and break-out sessions,
may be challenging for existing staff to manage. An agency conference manager
may be needed. Consultant staff may be required to manage the event.
A conference can be co-sponsored by more than one agency, thus
broadening the range of concerns and attracting new participants. The Missouri
Highway and Transportation Department has had successes with co-sponsored
conferences.
Conferences with few speakers may be managed by a small staff.
Organizing date, place, time, and speakers is manageable if the event is
uncomplicated.
A workshop is led by an agency staffer or community volunteer,
if the size of the group is manageable. A large workshop requires special
skills to moderate the event and keep it on target. An agency project manager
may attend a workshop but usually should not lead the session if issues
are highly controversial, since that may compromise the objectivity of
the process. Workshops may be led by citizens themselves. The Puget Sound
Regional Transit Project has financially supported citizen-initiated workshops.
This alleviates the issue of government control and promotes community
leadership.
Retreats require a neutral moderator. Agency staff members may
be able to lead the session but are seen as biased if they are involved
in the process or project. A neutral moderator should remain unbiased in
soliciting ideas and comments from all participants and should direct the
proceedings toward the goals of the retreat. (See Facilitation.)
What are the costs?
Initial costs include renting meeting space and breakout rooms,
if necessary. Conferences require staff for entrance and registration areas
and preparation of individual rooms for specific presentations. They include
arranging for speakers or presentations, including costs for hotels and
food if out-of-town speakers are used. Costs frequently include refreshments
for participants. For a full-day conference, it is wise to arrange for
lunch for the speakers and the participants.
A few conference costs are offset by registration fees. The fee
ordinarily covers only the costs of printing and refreshments. The Chesapeake
Bay Foundation, a community organization, charged $15 for a conference
to inform people about transportation issues, the importance of public
involvement, and new opportunities for involvement. The conference included
skills workshops dealing with gaining media exposure, influencing decision-makers,
and building a coalition. The Albany, New York, MPO charged small fees
to cover meals for its conferences but provided scholarships for low-income
participants.
Workshops are less costly than conferences. A workshop usually
requires only a room and a staff person to manage materials, welcome participants,
and document the process. Fees for a workshop or retreat are usually not
appropriate, because they can discourage people from attending.
A retreat requires a room and a facilitator. The facilitator
must be neutral and not a proponent of an agency's agenda. Like a workshop,
a retreat requires only a room and a staff person to serve the needs of
both the facilitator and the participants. (See Facilitation.)
Finding rooms in publicly-owned sites helps keep costs down.
Colleges or universities provide good locations for conferences, workshops,
or retreats. These sites are usually neutral locations where participants
feel welcome.
Supplementary funding sources may be available. The Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania, MPO received financial support from a local foundation to
pay for all costs of a weekend retreat for a blue-ribbon panel reviewing
the long-range plan.
How are they organized?
All special meetings are coordinated with the community, which
provides input on what issues to cover and who from the community should
be involved. Publicity is funneled through neighborhood channels. The community
may suggest a place and date for the special meeting. (See Key Person Interviews;
Civic Advisory Committees; Public Opinion Surveys.)
Conferences require a rigid structure and agenda for speakers,
presentations, and break-out groups. Preparation for a conference requires
a good deal of staff work to organize the content and publicize the event
to the community.
Agency staff organize a conference, if resources are available.
Agencies should be aware that the resources are significant. Specialized
consultants may be necessary as conference assistants.
Workshops and retreats have a flexible structure. They can be
organized more casually than a conference and are flexible in selection
of date, place, and format. However, they require leadership to assure
that they accomplish the assigned task or goal. Both workshops and retreats
need an agenda, noting the time available for discussion of agenda elements,
and information on what the agency intends to do with the information from
the meeting.
How are they used with other techniques?
Brainstorming is an integral element of conferences, workshops,
or retreats and a useful way to quickly involve many participants in the
process. (See Brainstorming.)
Visioning is advanced by workshops and retreats. A special meeting
can focus on establishing a vision for the future. With an allotted time
period to explore varied aspects, the special meeting is well-adapted to
this use. Oregon DOT used workshops on issues and visions at six locations
along the Pacific Coast in developing a draft master plan. (See Visioning.)
Facilitation is an important element of special meetings, especially
workshops and retreats. Participants need a facilitator's guidance on timing,
focus, and reporting the events of a workshop or retreat. (See Facilitation.)
Small group techniques are used in workshops to open a meeting
and gain participants' interest. They can then be used to set goals for
the meeting and to guide the process. (See Small Group Techniques.)
Special meetings supplement regular meetings. Conferences, workshops,
and retreats are high points of an overall program of public participation
and cannot by themselves constitute a public participation program.
Are they flexible?
Workshops are used in a variety of ways--as a break-out of a
conference or retreat or as special events on their own, to involve people
in discussions and resolution of thorny issues. In Washington State, Seattle's
Puget Sound Regional Council offered a series of community workshops at
several points throughout its planning processes.
Conferences and retreats can include workshops on the agenda.
Large special meetings can have break-out sessions for concurrent workshops
focusing on specific issues.
Special meetings are held on any appropriate days and at convenient
times. The timing of a special meeting is largely up to an agency,
guided by community needs or requests.
The level of effort for a special meeting is flexible. A special
meeting can be devised to meet community needs within the resources available
to an agency. Conferences require the greatest output of resources, while
workshops may expend few agency resources.
What are the drawbacks?
Special meetings require substantial publicity. Agencies need
to be prepared to expend resources to make the community aware of the meetings.
All special meetings require extensive preparation by staff.
Resources can be quickly expended during the preparation period.
Conferences are often expensive and may be viewed as exclusionary.
Arrangements for space and speakers can be significant. Publicity must
be extensive to attract media and community attention.
A retreat requires a skilled facilitator.
A workshop is ineffective if leadership is unable to keep it on track.
It is not automatically a positive event, unless effort is expended to
assure that staff or experienced personnel are present to guide its progress.
For further information:
Chesapeake Bay Foundation, (301) 261-2350
Environmental Justice Resource Center, Clark Atlanta University, (404)
880-8000
Kansas Department of Transportation, (913) 296-2252
Minnesota Metropolitan Council (Minneapolis/St. Paul), (612) 291-6423
North Dakota Consensus Council, (701) 328-2000
Rochester Telephone Company, (716) 777-1000
University of Georgia Institute of Community and Area Development,
(706) 542-3350
Chapter 2. INVOLVING PEOPLE FACE-TO-FACE THROUGH MEETINGS
B. SELECTING AN ORGANIZING FEATURE FOR A MEETING
Nearly every meeting focuses on discussion, whether people are giving
opinions, debating issues among themselves, or challenging an agency by
questioning fundamental assumptions. Meetings can be exploratory (for instance,
"design-ins" where participants draw on maps to illustrate community values
or activity patterns) or consensus-building (including collaborative problem-solving).
Specific techniques for organizing meetings are useful in helping people
think about and discuss issues, how they are personally affected, and how
proposed solutions impact community life. They help make meetings more
creative, stimulating, and engaging. Appropriate, well-organized meetings
also enlighten people about an agency approach and its openness to community
involvement.
Traditionally, meetings often begin with a presentation by one or several
speakers, a slide show, or a simple video, followed by discussion. Some
meetings focus on developing solutions to pending problems or suggesting
alternatives to existing situations, and their productivity may be enhanced
by the use of non-traditional meeting structures.
Organizing features, as described below, are tailored to participants'
needs and interests, as well as to the specific goals of a meeting:
brainstorming;
charrettes;
visioning; and
small group techniques.
While the choice of meeting types and frequency lies principally with
an agency, it often helps to work with participants or community leaders
to determine the best times and formats. People feel more involved if asked
for advice and if meetings fit their needs and their styles of communication.
BRAINSTORMING
What is brainstorming?
Participants "brainstorm" when they come together in a freethinking
forum to generate ideas. As now used, brainstorming is no longer an
unstructured method of eliciting ideas from a group. Used properly--either
alone or in conjunction with other techniques--brainstorming can be a highly
effective method of moving participants out of conflict and toward consensus.
For example, the Cape Cod Commission in Massachusetts used brainstorming
to develop goals and objectives to guide transportation planning.
Brainstorming has these basic components:
generating as many solutions to a
problem as possible;
listing every idea presented without
comment or evaluation;
grouping and evaluating ideas to reach
consensus; and
prioritizing ideas.
Experience suggests that each task can be further subdivided
to improve understanding of the overall process and its results. For example,
ideas may need clarification for the group to grasp and evaluate, or the
role of brainstorming in issue resolution may need to be explained. As
a basic means of involving people, it has few peers if carried out successfully.
Why is it useful?
Brainstorming brings new ideas to bear on a problem. The freethinking
atmosphere encourages fresh approaches. Creativity is enhanced, because
individuals are encouraged to bring up all ideas--even those that
might appear outrageous. Even imperfectly developed thoughts may jog the
thinking of other participants. In Atlanta, Georgia, a brainstorming effort
produced future options in the Vision 2020 process.
Problems are defined better as questions arise. Alternatives
appear in a new or different perspective. Novel approaches to an issue
can arise during the process. Brainstorming gives participants a sense
of progress and accomplishment and helps them move onto more difficult
tasks.
Brainstorming helps reduce conflict. It helps participants see
other points of view and possibly change their perspective on problems.
It may not be useful in resolving deeply felt conflicts but can help set
the stage for a different technique if an impasse has been reached. Civility
is required of each participant. (See Negotiation and Mediation.)
Brainstorming is democratic. All participants have equal status
and an equal opportunity to participate. No one person's ideas dominate
a brainstorming session. Brainstorming heightens the awareness of community
and sensitizes individuals to the behavior of the group and its participants.
It helps mold participants into a working group.
Does brainstorming have special uses?
Brainstorming demonstrates an agency's openness to new ideas
and its commitment to working with community participants. It leads to
further study of unexplored ideas. It helps find common ground for consensus
about a solution. Brainstorming has been used by the Connecticut Department
of Transportation (DOT) in exploring multi-modal alternatives in an interstate
bridge reconstruction project in New Haven.
Brainstorming is easily understood and implemented. No special
training is required for participants to express their ideas. All sides
expect open and frank exposition of points of view. Argumentative behavior
is discouraged and creativity appreciated.
Who participates? and how?
Anyone can participate in a brainstorming session. It is useful
to encourage participants from diverse backgrounds and interests in the
issue to be discussed. Providing background information to participants
bolsters the ability of each to contribute. Information should be distributed
in advance of the session, if possible. Large groups can be divided into
smaller subsets to promote full participation. (See Small Group Techniques;
Public Information Materials.)
People participate by bringing their ideas to the table, working
in groups of 6 to 10. All ideas are duly noted and recorded to reassure
participants that their comments are being adequately considered. Participants
can record ideas on newsprint or butcher paper, or the agency can supply
staff to record their ideas. People can prioritize their ideas by using
strips of colored adhesive dots (found in office supply stores). About
seven dots per person works well. Working individually, participants use
dots to indicate their preferences. The dots can be divided among several
good ideas or concentrated on one idea that is very important. The sheets
of paper with dots are an effective display of the prioritization and help
identify the group's top priorities. Participation is furthered when notes
of the meeting and subsequent events can be distributed to the participants.
How do agencies use the output?
Through brainstorming, agencies become aware of issues, problems, and
detailed solutions that might not otherwise come to light. New ideas assist
agencies in crafting compromise positions and in setting priorities by
using input provided directly by stakeholders. Shelburne, Vermont, and
Flathead County, Montana, used brainstorming sessions to clarify and prioritize
issues for new area plans.
Who leads a brainstorming session?
Brainstorming needs a facilitator or moderator, who may be found
within the group itself, agency staff, or an outside firm. Facilitators
must be sensitive to group dynamics and be able to draw statements and
positions from participants in an affable way. They must assure that all
participants are heard and that civility is maintained. An agency staff
person may be needed to assist groups that have difficulties with the process.
(See Facilitation.)
What are the costs?
Brainstorming is inexpensive. The group leader can be an individual
on an existing staff, but a person experienced in facilitating the technique
is preferable. Depending on the issue to be discussed or the degree of
anticipated conflict, an outside consultant may be a desirable addition.
Material needs are minimal. A quiet room is essential. Materials
should be on hand to provide necessary data and background information.
Although this information need not be overly detailed, questions are certain
to arise, and it is preferable to be able to respond appropriately. Potential
materials include:
large newsprint or butcher paper,
with markers to record ideas;
boards to display applicable data;
large, easily visible maps;
overlays to allow sketching on maps;
and
adhesive dots for prioritization.
How is brainstorming organized?
Careful management facilitates a brainstorming session best.
Agency staff people organize and implement a brainstorming session. Staff
needs are minimal but may include a facilitator and probably an assistant
for physical management of charts and recording of ideas. Resource people
should be present for responses to questions.
Initial efforts include planning the brainstorming session--defining
the precise issue to be addressed, identifying potential participants,
deciding on the process and schedule to be followed, and determining anticipated
outcomes of the session so that players will know the scope and stakes
involved. It is also important to detail for participants how the agency
expects to use the results.
Effective brainstorming sessions are small (6 to 10 people).
If the group is too small, participants are not stimulated to generate
ideas; if it is too large, the more vocal few may dominate the meeting.
At large meetings, participants are divided into groups. The Central Puget
Sound Regional Transit Authority (RTA) held five subregional sessions at
key milestones. Roundtables of 8 to 10 people at each event used brainstorming
to generate regional plans that fit within given financial scenarios for
future transit options.
A brainstorming session usually has a simple agenda:
introductions with brief outlines
of participants' backgrounds;
discussion of the brainstorming process
and how it fits into the overall process;
generation of ideas, listed without
evaluation or criticism;
clarifying and explaining ideas, as
required;
review, grouping, and elimination
of redundant ideas;
prioritization; and
presentation of each group's results
by the moderator to the larger group.
How is it used with other techniques?
Brainstorming is always a stage of a larger process. It is frequently
used when an agency is starting a lengthy or complex undertaking with a
separate element for public involvement. It can be part of a focus group--to
open discussion and introduce participants; it can be part of a charrette--to
establish the points of view of participants; it can be used in civic advisory
committees --to establish a consensus on a project; and it can be used
in public meetings. (See Focus Groups; Charrettes; Civic Advisory Committees;
Public Meetings/Hearings.) Brainstorming was used in conjunction with public
opinion surveys to design a public involvement program for the Albany,
New York, area. (See Public Opinion Surveys.) In Pennsylvania, community
members used brainstorming to select representatives for a civic advisory
committee.
What are the drawbacks?
Facilitation can pose unique challenges. A single questioner
can disrupt proceedings by continuously raising questions and suspicions
about the motivations of participants or sponsors. Unassertive participants
may be neglected without active solicitation of their participation. Opponents
may refuse to consider each other's ideas.
Unspoken attitudes may affect results. Individual participants
who feel diverted from more apparently purposeful tasks become impatient
if they feel the process is a waste of time. It is essential to focus brainstorming
on issues that make sense to the participants and to clearly explain how
the results will be used. People who feel they are being controlled or
patronized often withdraw from full participation. Agency staff members
who feel that the process is leading nowhere may not respond appropriately
to questions from participants.
For further information:
Atlanta Regional Commission (Vision 2020), Atlanta, Georgia, (404) 364-2500
Cape Cod Commission (Cape Cod Regional Plan), (508) 362-3828
Capital District Transportation Committee, Albany, New York (public
involvement program), (518) 458-2161
Central Puget Sound Regional Transit Authority, (206) 684-1357
Connecticut Department of Transportation, Environmental Planning Bureau
(Q Bridge Study), (860) 594-2939
Pennsylvania Department of Transportation, Bureau of Environmental
Quality, (717) 783-4580
CHARRETTES
What is a charrette?
A charrette is a meeting to resolve a problem or issue. Within
a specified time limit, participants work together intensely to reach a
resolution. The sponsoring agency usually sets the goals and time limit
and announces them ahead of time. A leader's responsibility is to bring
out all points of view from concerned local residents as well as agency
representatives and experts.
Here are the usual components of a charrette:
definition of issues to be resolved;
analysis of the problem and alternative
approaches to solutions;
assignment of small groups to clarify
issues;
use of staff people to find supporting
data;
development of proposals to respond
to issues;
development of alternative solutions;
presentation and analysis of final
proposal(s); and
consensus and final resolution of
the approach to be taken.
Why is it useful?
A charrette is problem-oriented. The breadth of background of
participants assures full discussion of issues, interrelationships, and
impacts. Its time limits challenge people to rapidly, openly, and honestly
examine the problem and help potential adversaries reach consensus on an
appropriate solution. (See Negotiation & Mediation.) For example, charrettes
were used to formulate alternatives to a controversial highway project
in Knoxville, Tennessee, and a downtown plan for Jacksonville, Florida,
by guiding business and civic leaders and neighborhood people to a recommended
solution.
A charrette produces visible results. It is often used early
in a planning process to provide useful ideas and perspectives from concerned
interest groups. In mid-process, a charrette helps resolve sticky issues.
Late in the process, it is useful to resolve an impasse between groups.
A charrette enlarges the degree of public involvement in transportation,
reducing feelings of alienation from government. It offers people interaction
with public agencies and allows questions to be asked before decisions
are made. It supplements, but does not replace, other kinds of public involvement.
Does a charrette have special uses?
A charrette calls attention to an issue. It can dramatize:
the need for public attention to resolve
an issue;
a deliberately participatory problem-solving
process:
a public agency's openness to suggestions;
a search for all possible approaches
to a question; and
a democratically-derived consensus.
Charrettes generate alternative solutions to problems. The setting
encourages openness and creativity. All suggestions from the group--however
outrageous--should be examined to encourage thinking about better approaches.
(See Brainstorming.) In New Hampshire's Community Stewardship Program,
for instance, volunteer experts are invited by towns to help assess strengths
and weaknesses of town planning.
Who participates? and how?
Anyone can participate in a charrette. A wide range of people
with differing interests should attend. Traditional participants represent
organized groups, but individuals with any stake in the issue should be
encouraged to attend. (See Minority, Ethnic, and Low-income Groups.)
How people participate depends on the charrette leader. An experienced
leader assures that a range of views is heard. The leader invites people
to take a stance and present their points of view. All participants are
assured an opportunity to speak out, and the leader encourages even the
most reticent participant to speak up without fear of rebuke or ridicule.
The open, free-wheeling charrette format encourages enthusiasm and responses.
How do agencies use the output?
A charrette sharpens agency understanding of the perspectives
of interest groups. Early in project formulation, a charrette offers a
glimpse of potentially competing demands and can be a barometer of the
potential for consensus. Thus it helps generate alternatives and identify
issues. In Minnesota and Alabama, for example, State agencies respond to
the needs of individual towns by providing experts for weekend charrettes.
Who leads a charrette?
A leader experienced in charrette techniques is a must. To avoid
chaos in a charrette, a high level of discipline is required. The charrette
leader should be familiar with group dynamics and the substantive issues
the group faces. The leader tailors the setting, background materials,
and issues to the goal of the charrette and elicits participation from
all group members within the allotted time. One or two staff people should
be available for support to the leader and to supply data and information.
A steering committee usually makes arrangements for a charrette.
It may be composed of representatives of Federal and State transportation
or other agencies, consultants, affected municipalities, and community
groups. The steering committee should agree upon a leader for a charrette.
What are the costs?
A charrette involves significant resources. The chief items are
sufficient space and background materials and an experienced leader. Graphics
must be used so that participants quickly comprehend the problem and envision
alternative solutions. Background materials must be available at the start
of the charrette so that no time is lost in investigating the problem.
Preparatory work leading to a charrette is intensive, whether done in-house
or by an outside specialist.
Staffing should include:
a leader experienced in the charrette
technique;
staffers who understand the derivation
and use of the data;
staffers who have worked on the problem;
and
staffers who have worked with applicable
policy.
Materials can include:
large maps;
overlays to allow sketching on maps;
boards to display applicable data;
large newsprint pads and markers to
record ideas;
photographs of sites;
handouts of basic goals/time limits/meeting
ground rules; and
printed background information with
background data.
How is a charrette organized?
Organization depends on the issue's complexity and the intended length
of the event. This work includes:
obtaining agreement on the process;
obtaining agreement on timing;
determining potential participants;
finding an experienced charrette leader;
managing special funding, if required;
seeking out resource people;
sending out invitations and background
material well in advance;
finding an appropriate space for meeting;
handling required publicity;
setting up space to encourage informal
discussion; and
portraying issues clearly in both
verbal and graphic form.
Is a charrette flexible?
A minimum of four hours is essential for a charrette focused
on a modest problem. While the average ranges from one to several days,
some agencies hold one- and two-week charrettes or organize them as multiple
sessions over a period of time.
A charrette occurs at any time in a planning process, but preparation
is crucial. Advance work can take a month or more, depending on the
issue to be discussed. Charrette materials are flexible and should be tailored
to the focus of the meeting.
How is it used with other techniques?
A charrette combines effectively with other techniques. When
matched with a civic advisory committee, it focuses on solving a specific
problem. (See Civic Advisory Committees.) Paired with the visioning process,
it is an attractive means of eliciting ideas. (See Visioning.) A charrette
also focuses on a single issue raised during a brainstorming session. (See
Brainstorming.) In Portland, Maine, a two-day charrette on the long-range
plan followed a transportation fair. (See Transportation Fairs.)
What are the drawbacks?
Because it focuses on a specific problem to be resolved or issue
to be addressed, a charrette is usually a one-time event. Thus, the
invitation list and timing must be thoroughly considered and discussed
to maximize interaction through broad-based participation. Goals must be
made clear so the expectations do not exceed possible results. The depth
of analysis from a single short session can be disappointing. Follow-up
work must be carefully considered both before and during a charrette.
When is a charrette most effective?
A charrette can resolve an impasse. During such a use, neutral
participants should be involved to bring fresh ideas for consideration.
When a problem is immediate, a charrette is effective because people are
vitally interested in the outcome. For maximum effect, a charrette should
have the approval of elected officials, agency heads, and community groups.
A charrette is also useful:
early in the project;
following a brainstorming session;
when focus on a single issue is required;
and
when a range of potential solutions
is needed.
For further information:
American Institute of Architects' Regional/Urban Assistance Team (R/UDAT),
(202) 626-7358
American Society of Landscape Architects, Community Assistance Team,
(202) 686-2752
Minnesota Design Team, Minnesota Department of Trade & Economic
Development, (612) 297-1291
New Hampshire Community Stewardship Program, (603) 271-2155
Portland, Maine, Area Comprehensive Transportation Committee, (207)
724-9891
Urban Land Institute's Panel Advisory Service, (202) 624-7133
VISIONING
What is visioning?
Visioning leads to a goals statement. Typically, it consists
of a series of meetings focused on long-range issues. Visioning results
in a long-range plan. With a 20- or 30-year horizon, visioning also sets
a strategy for achieving the goals. Visioning has been used to set a long-range
statewide transportation plan in Ohio, a statewide comprehensive plan in
New Jersey, and a regional land-use and transportation plan in the Seattle,
Washington, region. The Governor of Georgia, acting as "Chief Planner,"
used it to create long-range goals for the State. Central Oklahoma 2020
is a visioning project for a regional plan.
Priorities and performance standards can be part of visioning.
Priorities are set to distinguish essential goals. Performance standards
allow an evaluation of progress toward goals over time. In Jacksonville,
Florida, a community report card is used to determine priorities; each
target for the future is evaluated annually. In Minnesota a statewide report
card was used to evaluate the current status and set up goals and milestones
for the future. Oregon established benchmarks to measure progress toward
its long-term goals.
Why is it useful?
Visioning offers the widest possible participation for developing
a long-range plan. It is democratic in its search for disparate opinions
from all stakeholders and directly involves a cross-section of constituents
from a State or region in setting a long-term policy agenda. It looks for
common ground among participants in exploring and advocating strategies
for the future. It brings in often-overlooked issues about quality of life.
It helps formulate policy direction on public investments and government
programs.
Visioning is an integrated approach to policy-making. With overall
goals in view, it helps avoid piecemeal and reactionary approaches to addressing
problems. It accounts for the relationship between issues, and how one
problem's solution may generate other problems or have an impact on another
level of government. It is cooperative, with multi-agency involvement,
frequently with joint interagency leadership.
Does visioning have special uses?
Visioning uses participation as a source of ideas in the establishment
of long-range policy. It draws upon deeply-held feelings about overall
directions of public agencies to solicit opinions about the future. After
open consideration of many options, it generates a single, integrated vision
for the future based on the consideration of many people with diverse viewpoints.
When completed, it presents a democratically-derived consensus.
Visioning dramatizes the development of policies to get people
involved in specific topics such as transportation infrastructure. In Ohio,
the Access Ohio program was designed to establish goals and objectives
for development of transportation projects and programs. Other States that
have used visioning to establish long-range goals include Kansas, Georgia,
Texas, Florida, Iowa, Oregon, and Minnesota.
Who participates? and how?
Invitations to participate are given to the general public or
to a representative panel. A broad distribution of information is essential.
This information must be simply presented, attractive, and rendered important
and timely. It should also include clear goals of participation and show
how comments will be used in the process. (See Public Information Materials;
Mailing Lists.)
Community residents participate through meetings and surveys. A
typical method of involving local people is through a questionnaire format,
seeking comments on present issues and future possibilities. (See Public
Opinion Surveys.) A report card filled in with community opinions was used
in Jacksonville, Florida. In Minnesota, opinions were elicited through
small or large public meetings at locations distributed equitably throughout
the state. In the Research Triangle region of North Carolina, participants
drew pictures of their vision of the region's future and of transit opportunities
in words and pictures on wall-sized sheets of paper.
How do agencies use the output?
Visioning helps agencies determine policy. Through widespread
public participation, agencies become aware of issues and problems, different
points of view, and competing demands. Drafting responses to comments aids
in sharpening overall policy and assists in focusing priorities among goals,
plans, or programs. Visioning also helps bring conflicts to the surface
and resolve competing priorities.
Who leads a visioning process?
A chief governmental official can lead visioning. In several
States, the Governor has made visioning a cornerstone of State policy planning
for infrastructure investments and State operational departments. The governors
of Oregon, Texas, Iowa, Minnesota, Georgia, Florida, and New Jersey have
fostered visioning for their States.
Agencies also lead visioning projects. Statewide agencies led
new visioning projects in Maine and Hawaii. Regional agencies led visioning
projects in Jacksonville, Indianapolis, and Seattle.
What does visioning cost?
Visioning costs vary. The chief items are staff time and materials
sufficient to set up and carry out the program. Staff people should include
a leader committed to the process, a community participation specialist
who is well-versed in the applicable policies, and staffers who can interpret
and integrate participants' opinions from surveys and meetings. Meeting
materials are minimal but can include large maps and newsprint pads and
markers to record ideas. If forecasts of information are developed or if
alternative scenarios are to be fleshed out, research and preparation time
can be extensive.
How is it organized?
A specific time period is scheduled to develop the vision statement.
The schedule incorporates sufficient time for framing issues, eliciting
comments through surveys or meetings, recording statements from participants,
and integrating them into draft and final documents.
Visioning staff members are typically assigned from existing agencies
that are familiar with issues and essential contacts to be maintained.
In Minnesota and New Jersey, staff was assigned from the State planning
office; in Jacksonville, Florida, from the Community Council/Chamber of
Commerce; in Ohio, from the Ohio Department of Transportation.
Is it flexible?
Visioning is extremely flexible in terms of scheduling and staff
commitments. Scheduling takes weeks or months. Staff is temporarily or
permanently assigned to the project.
Preparation for visioning is crucial and touches on many complex
issues. Advance work is essential to give time for staff to prepare the
overall program, agendas, mailing lists, questionnaires, and methods of
presentation and follow-up. (See Mailing Lists; Public Opinion Surveys.)
The visioning program should be carefully scheduled to maximize local input
and response time prior to selecting final policies.
How is it used with other techniques?
The visioning process involves many techniques of public involvement.
In the Seattle area, the visioning process on regional growth and mobility
futures included the most extensive regional public involvement effort
ever conducted in the area: symposiums, workshops, newspaper tabloid inserts,
public hearings, open houses, surveys, and community meetings. (See Conferences,
Workshops, and Retreats; Public Meetings/Hearings; Open Forum Hearings/Open
Houses; Public Opinion Surveys.)
Visioning leads toward other public involvement techniques. As
a policy umbrella, it can precede establishment of a civic advisory committee
and guide its work in reviewing individual projects or programs. (See Civic
Advisory Committees.) It leads to brainstorming sessions or charrettes
to solve individual problems. (See Brainstorming; Charrettes.) Visioning
is often the basis for public evaluation and implementation; it led to
performance monitoring of State agency activities in Oregon, Minnesota,
Iowa, and Texas, followed by reports to the public.
What are the drawbacks?
Time and staff requirements are significant to maintain contact
with numerous community participants and carry the program forward. The
numbers of participants varies from 100 community leaders in Jacksonville
to an estimated 10,000 residents in Minnesota. Listening to participants
can consume several months' time. Full-time effort is required of staff
when the process is in motion.
The staff needs patience to deal with so many diverse views and
individuals, time and schedule requirements, and complex issues and interrelationships.
Finally, visioning is a one-time event and remains on a generalized policy
level; there is a substantial risk that the resulting document will not
satisfy all interest groups.
When is visioning most effective?
Visioning is of maximum use at an early point in the establishment
or revision of policies or goals. Used in this way, it demonstrates openness
to new ideas or concepts suggested by the public. For maximum effect, a
visioning project should have the active support of elected officials,
agency heads, and community groups.
Visioning is useful:
to set the stage for short-range planning
activities;
to set new directions in policy;
to review existing policy;
when integration between issues is
required;
when a wide variety of ideas should
be heard; and
when a range of potential solutions
is needed.
For further information:
Iowa Department of Management (Futures Agenda), (515) 281-3322
Jacksonville Community Council (Quality Indicators for Progress), Jacksonville,
Florida, (904) 356-0800
Minnesota Planning (Minnesota Milestones), St. Paul, Minnesota, (612)
296-3985
Ohio Department of Transportation (Access Ohio), Columbus, Ohio, (614)
466-7170
Oregon Progress Board (Oregon Shines/Oregon Benchmarks), Salem, Oregon,
(503) 373-1220
Puget Sound Regional Council (Vision 2020), Seattle, Washington, (206)
464-7090
SMALL GROUP TECHNIQUES
What are small group techniques?
Small groups have fewer than 20 or so members, making it easier
for people to actively participate. They meet as small gatherings or as
break-outs of large meetings and offer many opportunities for creative,
flexible interchange of ideas and lively, meaningful participation.
Small group techniques help people participate freely and actively.
They include special activities or formats that help interest and engage
people. They foster active participation and steer participants toward
constructive activities and dialogue. They help avoid complaint-oriented
or conflict-driven sessions.
Small group techniques have certain basic characteristics:
they emphasize active participation
and interaction;
they are usually run by a group leader
or facilitator;
they have a task, theme, or goal;
they help reach consensus or develop
priorities;
they gather a range of ideas, opinions,
and concerns;
they are applied to either planning
or project development;
in a breakout group, a small group
task reflects the larger group agenda; and
breakout groups report back to the
larger group.
Specific small group techniques covered in this section include
breakout groups, workshops, seminars, community juries, roundtables, study
circles, conflict utilization opinionaires, decision science, delphi, dialogue
facilitation, nominal group process, open space technology, Samoan circle,
SWOT (strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, threats), synetics, and value
analysis. Brainstorming is also used in small groups and is discussed as
a separate technique. (See Brainstorming.)
The definitions given here are generated from common practice and
various materials. However, the techniques are far from standardized,
and their names, conduct, and organization vary throughout the country.
Some techniques overlap, or a "hybrid" meeting or process uses elements
from each. The key to using them is to identify the element or structure
that addresses the needs of the participants and the goals of the meeting.
Why are small group techniques useful?
They encourage broad participation and promote a sense of equality
among members. Individuals speak and are heard. Participants ask questions
and comment freely.
Small group techniques foster interaction between participants.
People are encouraged to speak frankly and openly. Ground rules, such as
allowing only one person to speak at a time, help level the playing field
between participants. Open and fair meeting processes promote give-and-take
and interaction.
They make a larger meeting more efficient and productive. Break-out
groups use various techniques to address a specific issue. Many ideas are
brought forth in small groups that might not surface in a large gathering.
The larger gathering becomes more productive as break-out group findings
on specific topics are reported and incorporated.
Small group techniques foster dissemination of information
to the broader community. Representatives meet in small sessions, cover
issues, and report back to their constituents. The Portland, Oregon, Metro
holds small group meetings in neighborhoods throughout the region. Spokespersons
from each group report back to their peers, their elected officials, and
other people about transit issues.
These techniques usually make meetings more fun and interesting.
The interactive nature of small group activities makes them spirited and
engaging. People are willing to attend and participate when they know the
session will be interesting and productive. The Dallas, Texas, Area Rapid
Transit uses small group meetings to obtain candid reactions to innovative
proposals. (See Improving Meeting Attendance.)
Small group techniques offer a strategy for achieving a meeting goal.
They help keep conversation on track or establish a step-by-step process
for handling discussion. They help develop consensus or an action plan.
To review elements of its 2020 long-range plan, the New Jersey Department
of Transportation (NJDOT) sponsored four issues groups--economic development,
goods movement, and mobility and quality of life--made up of key stakeholders.
Are there special uses?
Small group techniques are useful on controversial issues. They
provide a non-threatening venue for all sides to express opinions and encourage
mutual respect and constructive listening. They help reduce tension and
defuse polarized groups.
Small groups provide a forum for technical issues. Complex issues
and concepts receive needed explanation and review, because each individual
has time to absorb material and ask questions. Participants feel more confident
in an analysis if they understand the technical issues and methods involved.
The Connecticut DOT used small groups of participants organized by modal
interest (i.e., those favoring transit and those favoring highway options)
to develop alternatives for repair or replacement of a major bridge.
Small group meetings can re-charge a participatory process with
interesting and different ways of looking at a topic. Disenchanted group
members are encouraged to rejoin if they see a way to achieve goals in
a new and focused process. To critique and revise its public involvement
program, the Central Puget Sound Regional Transit Authority (RTA) called
together 60 community leaders and organized them into small groups to work
on specific elements of the process.
Participants affect the substance of plans and projects through
small group work. The Southwestern Pennsylvania Regional Planning Commission
used a small group to simplify its Transportation Improvement Program for
easier understanding by the public.
How are small groups structured?
The style, format, and organization of small group meetings vary.
Some techniques are familiar and regularly used; others (frequently with
fancy names) are less common. Some use innovative, creative group processes.
Breakout groups are subdivisions
of a larger meeting to deal with specific issues. Small groups meet in
separate areas--corners of a large room or several smaller rooms. Each
group appoints or elects a discussion leader, and each participant has
a chance to express an opinion. Afterwards, groups report back to the large
meeting. In neighborhood meetings to discuss transit service issues, the
Boston Transportation Department asked breakout groups to identify priority
issues. After each group reported, the larger meeting set priorities to
report to the regional transit authority. In Washington, D.C., breakout
groups from sub-regions worked within a larger meeting on the area's long-range
transportation plan and reported their area concerns to the larger group.
Some small groups are established from the beginning, instead
of being formed from a larger group. The format is designed specifically
to accomplish the goals of the session.
Workshops are small groups
that focus on one or more topics, working intensively over a short period
of time. (See Conferences, Workshops, and Retreats.)
Seminars give participants
an opportunity to learn about a particular topic and exchange information
and viewpoints. A seminar usually focuses on a single topic. Often, a seminar
offers a short presentation followed by discussion by a panel or participants.
A seminar is distinctive in the high level of interest and knowledge participants
bring to it. In Wilmington, Delaware, the Metropolitan Area Planning Coordinating
Council began a larger meeting with a seminar with experts to stimulate
discussion. Wisconsin DOT sponsored five issue-based seminars on land use,
economic development, urban and rural issues, tourism, and freight shipping
for its long-range transportation plan.
Community juries consist of
individuals impaneled to hear testimony related to a specific issue. Jurors,
chosen for their impartiality, hear reviews of an issue by neutral experts.
The jury discusses and deliberates and subsequently issues its findings.
Always non-binding and with no legal standing, the findings of such juries
can pinpoint "fatal flaws" or gauge public reaction. The Minnesota DOT
assembled a community jury to determine public attitudes toward congestion
pricing as a traffic-reduction measure. The jury met for five days of hearings
with more than 20 witnesses and voted in favor of reducing traffic but
against congestion pricing. The jury then voted for increases in the gas
tax and for allowing its use in funding transit improvements.
Roundtables are meetings, usually
around a table, to examine an issue through discussion by all participants.
Each participant is a stakeholder, so the issue is debated from many sides.
Free discussion and diverse opinions are encouraged. Experts in a field
can participate, as well as residents, business people, and interest groups.
Roundtables are often breakout groups, focusing on one or more topics related
to the entire issue or project. Seminars and workshops often use a roundtable
format, but what is distinctive about roundtables is their emphasis on
thorough discussion of an issue. The Kansas DOT, Albany's Capital District
Transportation Committee, and the San Diego Association of Governments
use roundtables in many projects and long-range planning efforts. The Central
Puget Sound Regional Transit Authority held numerous roundtable discussions
with community and business leaders to identify priorities for its regional
transit plan.
Study circles hold a series
of meetings to discuss critical issues. Members are assigned readings and
other tasks between meetings. The process is very structured, often using
study guides and discussion questions developed by an agency or a steering
committee. Participants discuss each facet of the issue in detail. The
same group meets periodically to investigate and debate the issue. Participants
are appointed or self-selected. In Lima, Ohio, 40 churches with Caucasian,
African American, and other members held study circles led by trained leaders
to discuss ways to alleviate racial tensions. Study circles on race relations
have been formed in Albuquerque, New Mexico; Baton Rouge and New Orleans,
Louisiana; Portsmouth, Virginia; and Columbus, Ohio.
How do people work within a small group?
Problem-solving strategies are essential for small group accomplishment.
Small groups need a specific format or process to achieve the goals of
a meeting. These alphabetically listed techniques can be used within the
specific meeting structures cited above:
A conflict utilization opinionaire
uses survey techniques to explore how individuals deal with conflict. It
enables a group to use writing and discussion to deal with conflicts or
controversies. Before addressing the project issue at hand, a group of
8 to 20 people meet and fill out a questionnaire or complete a writing
task to express their attitudes about conflict. They then discuss how staff
or leaders should deal with it and suggest the best techniques for reaching
consensus or understanding.
Decision science is a process
of reaching consensus or formulating alternatives. It narrows the focus
of discussion to the distinguishing characteristics of various options.
A group begins by agreeing on elements that are not in dispute. The group
agrees on as many points as possible; for example, "We all agree that we
should minimize the impact on the agricultural properties," or "We think
improved access to that abandoned factory will encourage economic development."
Eventually the group reaches points on which they do not agree.
By laying a foundation of mutually agreed-upon assumptions, decision science
enables subsequent discussion to directly target unresolved issues. The
technique requires a facilitator to develop the consensus items and organize
discussion to resolve an issue or formulate a group of alternatives. The
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service used this technique to develop water management
alternatives and explore structural versus operational solutions to water
resource issues.
Delphi (also known as policy
delphi) reaches consensus by asking a small group of experts to give advice.
The results can generate further discussion at committee or public meetings.
The delphi process begins when an agency distributes questionnaires to
a panel of experts, whose responses are then tabulated. Results are sent
back to the panelists, who reflect on their colleagues' opinions and either
alter their stances or provide reasons for holding to their own positions.
This process is continued until basic concepts and elements of a project
or plan are identified by a majority. The Atlanta Regional Commission (ARC)
conducted a delphi process to define critical issues facing the region
and to suggest possibilities for the future. These findings were presented
at ARC's Outlook Conference in May 1992 to launch the VISION 2020 public
process. Delphi is considered a survey technique as well as a way of involving
small groups.
Dialogue facilitation lets
participants speak on deeply-held personal beliefs about an issue. People
hold conversations that are outside the bounds of the topic under discussion.
They can focus around a meal as an icebreaker. Here, individuals do not
know which side of the main issue other people are on; they chat about
families, interests, etc. Participants then discuss the main issue--not
as enemies or antagonists, but as individuals. Consensus is not expected.
Rather, the goals are to open up communication and knowledge that differing
opinions can be held. Using a principle of family therapy (you have to
live together, so you might as well get along!), dialogue facilitation
asks each person to participate in conversation.
A nominal group process is
a term used for several different methods of identifying issues and priorities.
One variation, employed by the Pennsylvania DOT, uses index cards for participants
to register priority issues and other information; the cards are then tallied
or analyzed. In another variation, participants generate ideas silently
as individuals, and then list them as a group. They discuss what each means
and then silently and individually rank the ideas. Yet another method is
to have experts discuss an issue with a small group and prepare suggestions
for participants' reactions. To develop priorities for watershed management,
the New Jersey Water Resources Authority held successive small group sessions.
In the first, after a brief presentation, experts and participants discussed
the issue. In the next session, the experts presented in ballot form an
array of personal concerns and opinions culled from the previous discussion.
The group used the ballot to rank their collective views. The top quarter
of the selected priorities formed the basis of a survey mailed to other
people participating in the public involvement effort. The results helped
to define the Watershed Management Plan.
Open space technology is a
method of assigning meeting leadership. The Colorado DOT used this to manage
breakout sessions of a large group. Participants introduced a topic or
concern, wrote it on a card, and posted it on the wall. Examining the cards
to choose a topic, group members signed their names on the card of their
choice. Topics with the largest number of names were chosen for discussion
groups. People who introduced the topic were responsible for leading a
breakout session on it. The Colorado DOT chose issues from these sessions
as part of a management review effort.
A Samoan circle derived its
name very loosely, with only vague reference to the Pacific island group
called Samoa. In fact, the formal structure began during a land use study
in Chicago. Its purpose is to organize discussion of controversial issues
or within large groups, instead of holding a free-for-all, no-holds-barred
complaint session. It serves to identify stakeholders or to give priorities
to actions to be taken or areas of agreement, although this is not a frequent
used. A Samoan circle has no facilitator, chair, or moderator. Participants
are expected to maintain their own discipline. They gather in two concentric
circles--an inner circle with a table and four chairs, and an outer circle,
with ample walking and aisle space. Everyone begins in the outer circle.
The issue is presented, and discussion begins. Those most interested take
chairs in the inner circle. Those less interested stay in the outer circle.
All are able to move in or out of the center as the discussion flows or
topics change. Each speaker makes a comment or asks a question. Speakers
are not restricted in what they say or how they say it, but they must sit
in the inner circle. Someone wishing to speak stands behind a chair; this
signals those already in the circle to relinquish their chairs. No outside
conversations are allowed. Comments are often recorded. Votes of opinions
held by non-speakers are taken at the end, if desired. To close a meeting,
empty seats are taken away one by one until there are no more chairs. The
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers frequently uses the technique for both internal
and public meetings to define priorities and stakeholders in project planning.
The Village of Northfield, Illinois, used it to organize discussion of
controversial proposals for community development plans in a forum of 150
residents and officials. The technique was used in a meeting of FHWA officials
and representatives of six Midwestern states in discussing ways to improve
working relationships around environmental protection concerns related
to projects and planning.
SWOT (strengths, weaknesses, opportunities,
threats) analysis takes an analytic approach to a concept or issue,
identifying its strengths and weaknesses, along with opportunities it represents
and threats to its success. Using those criteria, the group evaluates chances
for success or effectiveness. Priorities are resolved by voting and reaching
consensus within the group. The Iowa DOT used the technique in establishing
the basis for its strategic plan. In a related technique, force field
analysis, a group defines "helping" or "hindering" forces and their
effects on the group's objective or discussion.
Synetics re-charges a discussion
by diverting it away from the issue being addressed. After discussing an
unrelated topic, a group analyzes the dynamics of the side discussion to
shed light on interpersonal relationships during discussion of the main
topic.
Value analysis helps evaluate
alternatives and their consequences in terms of values (say, a clean environment
or governmental cost reductions) widely held in the community. This technique
is frequently used in the utilities industry. Participants compute the
attractiveness of each alternative, assign points for each value, then
total them into composite scores. The technique shows what values are in
conflict and what trade-offs might be possible. It is often used in siting
decisions--for example, by the Florida Power Corporation. It has been used
by the Department of Energy in planning for a Tank Waste Remediation System
in Washington State and for the Santa Barbara County (California) Oil Transportation
Plan. The Oregon DOT has used it to evaluate specific agency actions in
relation to project alternatives' analyses. The Ohio Housing Finance Agency
used it to establish suburban integration incentives in Cleveland.
How do agencies use the output?
Agencies use results to refine plans or projects and move a process
forward. Small groups generate information, ideas, and opinions. The
Wisconsin DOT interviews small groups about preferences and viewpoints.
Small groups are a way to achieve consensus.
Small groups provide creative solutions or new ideas and scenarios.
In a small group session in Boston's Charlestown neighborhood, a local
resident architect sketched out a bold idea that became the conceptual
design for a major roadway reconstruction. Small groups foster further
interaction between agencies and the public, often with a heightened level
of trust.
Who leads?
Agency staff or outside experts lead small groups, but training
is necessary to lead them effectively. Training overcomes individual worries
about acting as a discussion leader.
Community people also lead small groups. A neutral outside facilitator
is important for small groups dealing with difficult issues. Some agencies
offer training for local residents in leading discussions; others use outside
experts. In Wilson, North Carolina, a local bank donated the time and expertise
of several senior staff members to supplement agency managers. Working
on the county's strategic planning/visioning process, the bank staff helped
facilitate breakout groups focused on specific transportation topics.
Small groups usually have one or two leaders. Co-leaders are
chosen from opposing sides of an issue to make sure all positions are adequately
heard. This is important when no one group leader is viewed as neutral
or objective on the issue being discussed.
The choice of a leader depends on the complexity of the technique.
In cases where a specialized technique is attempted, it is important to
have an experienced leader.
What do small group techniques cost?
While actual monetary costs are minimal, staff time for preparation
and management is sometimes considerable. The staff records events and
reports back to a larger group or to the agency. A person is assigned the
role of recorder to write down ideas on newsprint or blackboard. In some
instances, agency staff facilitate. Triangle Transit Authority in North
Carolina used staff members as facilitators of sub-groups analyzing transit
potential and land use/development impacts of a new fixed guideway.
Training staff or participants to run small groups is a factor.
Training improves productivity and leads to fewer meetings, thus offsetting
training costs to some extent. One alternative is retaining consultants
to manage small group sessions. Also, with minimal training, participants
can play other roles that help cut outside costs, acting as recorders or
reporters or in other support roles. These roles reduce the need for staff
effort.
Meeting facilities become a cost when a neutral location is desired.
To contain costs, publicly-owned facilities such as schools or colleges
should be considered.
Equipment, supplies, and refreshments usually have modest costs.
Adequate provisions engender good will between a sponsoring agency and
group participants.
How are they organized?
The format and organization of small group work need to be carefully
conceived. Good preparation is necessary. The choice of technique must
be targeted to the intended goals and topics of the meeting and whether
the process is short- or long-term. The organization of the process should
aim to achieve limited goals within a specified deadline. Policy-makers
must be informed of the process and its goals to assist in its support.
Small group techniques must respond to both agency and participant
needs. Agencies may want to solicit opinions, develop action items,
and evaluate alternatives, while participants want to explore impacts,
suggest various alternative actions, and make their voices heard. To remedy
low attendance at large regional forums, the New Jersey DOT sent staff
out to hear from certain populations about its long-range plan. Small groups
met on Saturday afternoons in senior citizen centers, colleges, and center-city
neighborhoods.
Participants need to feel that a meeting is structured well enough
to produce results. Audiovisual techniques--video, overheads, displays,
laptops--are just as important in small groups as in large meetings, particularly
when technical information or concepts are being discussed. (See Video
Techniques.) They help engage participants, grab their attention, and establish
a firm beginning. Meetings should be dynamic, fun, and interesting for
participants. A method of summarizing, documenting, and reporting findings
and agreements must be established before a meeting. Even a large meeting
that is not well-attended can produce results when participants work in
small groups to focus on specific issues or tasks.
The process must be fair and open. All participants need to have
equal roles and be treated as peers. A group must be as inclusive of as
many points of view as possible. Potential interests and stakeholders must
be identified before assembling a small group, so that no one is ignored.
If a large number of interests is represented, agencies often hold more
than one small group session.
A method for selecting leaders must be determined before a group
meets--whether leaders are to be appointed or chosen by the group.
In some cases, it is appropriate to train small group leaders and clarify
the responsibilities they are to undertake.
Participants need to understand the process, their role, and the
expected outcome of a meeting. As in a larger session, the context,
purpose, and goal of a meeting should be carefully explained and understood.
If the process is unusual, participants need an animated leader to explain
it and carry it forward.
Specialized and unusual techniques have specific guidelines for implementation
that should be carefully explained to a group. Before beginning a meeting,
it is essential to review the use of small groups, the proposed format,
and the procedures, as well as possible issues that may arise and the results
anticipated.
Adequate facilities and supplies are important. Groups use easels
with newsprint and markers to record ideas. Refreshments help create a
comfortable, informal atmosphere. Equipment such as overhead projectors
aids in reviewing a proposal. Breakout rooms are desirable for small-group
sessions that are part of larger meetings. Supplies must be available for
specific techniques, such as cards for the open space technique.
Implementation validates both the findings and the process. If
follow-up is required, staff or appropriate parties make sure it is done.
A small group that is part of a larger gathering should be linked back
to it. Pennsylvania DOT held large public meetings for its statewide pedestrian
and bicycle plan, breaking into smaller facilitated sessions. Participants
identified critical design problems as they affect cyclists and pedestrians.
The groups then offered possible solutions and reported their key findings
to the large group.
How are they used with other techniques?
Small groups must be integrated into an overall public involvement
strategy. A regular series of small group meetings ascertains participants'
views. Small group meetings are held periodically to update community groups
and interested people on the progress of a planning effort or project development.
Such meetings supplement larger group meetings by developing detailed information
or exploring specific issues.
Small groups adopt techniques available to larger groups, including
charrettes, facilitation, visioning, and surveys. (See Charrettes; Facilitation;
Visioning; Public Opinion Surveys.) Alternative dispute resolution techniques
such as mediation are used when an impasse is reached. (See Negotiation
and Mediation.)
Small groups can meet by teleconferencing. The use of telecommunications
brings people together without the need for extensive travel. (See Teleconferencing.)
What are the drawbacks?
Preparation takes time and extends a project or planning process.
But small groups also save time in the long run if they provide
opportunities for many people to participate and become familiar with a
proposal's its elements and impacts.
Small groups require care and feeding. Space must be available
and notices distributed promptly and to the right people. Staff often lead
meetings or record their progress. Agencies sometimes provide a neutral
site and refreshments for the group.
The support of small groups requires a commitment from both the agency
and the public. Both need to be assured that small group meetings are
worthwhile, productive, and needed and that the results will be of use
in the overall process of public involvement. It is sometimes appropriate
to have agency officials participate in small groups or observe the process
to demonstrate its utility.
Are they flexible?
Small groups are inherently flexible. They are used in a variety
of situations, with a number of different organizing techniques, at various
times in the process, at nearly any location, and with a wide variety of
participants. They are organized to respond to specific issues and participants.
Also, small groups meet just about anywhere. Many meet in public agency
offices, schools, or universities; some in private business facilities.
Staff members from the New Jersey DOT have met with small groups in private
homes. (See Non-traditional Meeting Places and Events.)
Small groups contribute to almost any larger process. The intended
use of small groups must be identified early in a meeting process so interested
people can comment. In a large meeting, breakout sessions should be identified
on the agenda.
When are they used most effectively?
Small groups are effective at many different times in a process.
They are effective at the beginning to alleviate polarization and early
perceptual problems. When a process stalls, small groups re-start public
involvement or move it forward. They are used before issues reach an impasse,
or if participants are feeling excluded. They are used in either planning
or project development to prioritize issues or work on action items.
For further information:
Breakout groups: Metropolitan Washington Council of Governments, Washington,
D.C., (202) 962-3200
Community juries: Minnesota Department of Transportation, (612) 296-3000
Decision science: U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, (415) 989-1446
Delphi: Atlanta Regional Commission, Atlanta, Georgia, (404) 364-2575
Dialogue facilitation: Public Conversation Project, Cambridge, Massachusetts,
(617) 491-1585
Nominal group process: Pennsylvania Department of Transportation, (717)
783-1068
Open space technology: Colorado Department of Transportation, (303)
757-9163
Roundtables: Capital District Transportation Committee, Albany, New
York, (518) 458-2161
Kansas Department of Transportation, (913) 296-2252
Samoan circle: Dallas Area Rapid Transit, (214) 749-2581
Seminars: Metropolitan Area Planning Coordinating Council, Wilmington,
Delaware, (302) 737-6205
Study circles: Study Circle Resource Center, (203) 928-2616
Value analysis: Oregon Department of Transportation, (503) 986-3455
Washington State Department of Energy, (509) 376-1065
Chapter 2. INVOLVING PEOPLE FACE-TO-FACE THROUGH MEETINGS
C. TAKING INITIAL STEPS
Face-to-face contact and two-way communication are vital elements of
public involvement. Meetings can provide both. Here are some steps an agency
can take to get people together:
T Meet with community groups
to discuss and set up a meeting schedule.
Contact community groups to establish a basic meeting schedule. Optimize
participation by asking them what kinds of meetings should take place and
how often they should occur.
T Consider the scope and substance
of meetings.
Outline the goals of a meeting or series of meetings in advance, so
that participants can comment and offer suggestions. Consider if general
meetings need to be supplemented by meetings focused on specific topics
for specialized audiences. Share findings and ask if further development
or discussion of individual points is desirable. Explain how and when agency
decisions are made and how meeting output will affect decisions.
T Select organizing principles
for the meeting(s).
Explore different types of meetings that may attract interest and outline
potential meeting structures, so that maximum participation occurs. Vary
sponsorship or leadership of meetings.
T Place the meeting in the
context of the whole plan or program, including decision-making.
Anticipate where the process will go and why. Determine from the beginning
what information is needed, when it is needed, and how it will be incorporated
into agency decision-making. Make this context clear to participants, so
they understand how their input will affect the plan or project.
T Evaluate the approach with
participant advisors.
Seek perceptions and advice on the process from people outside the agency.
Evaluate whether the intended scope, substance, and style of meeting are
likely to be beneficial to the agency itself and to the participants.
Chapter 3. GETTING FEEDBACK FROM PARTICIPANTS
Besides dispensing information and arousing interest in a transportation
plan or project, public involvement programs elicit public feedback and
support. Public comment comes to agencies in the form of questions, challenges,
or suggestions for alternative ways of dealing with issues.
Why is feedback important and how can it be used?
Feedback--positive and negative--provides new ideas and perspectives
to help agencies devise plans and projects that meet the public's needs.
It also helps them determine how well the public understands specific issues
and where additional information is needed for better understanding and
support. A more specialized use of feedback is to determine the success
of an outreach program--how many people have been reached, what percent
of the public is represented, and what portion supports the proposal. As
agencies assess feedback, they take stock of plans and programs to be certain
they are providing the intended public service in the best possible way.
Thus, feedback from the community vitally affects an agency's decision-making
process and the results it generates.
How do agencies improve methods of getting feedback?
This chapter provides a guide to the following steps toward reaching
people and getting their feedback:
A. establishing places people can find information;
B. designing programs to bring out community viewpoints and resolve
differences; and
C. taking initial steps.
Chapter 3. GETTING FEEDBACK FROM PARTICIPANTS
A. ESTABLISHING PLACES PEOPLE CAN FIND INFORMATION AND INTERACT
Giving people information about transportation projects and plans is
a fundamental step toward getting their informed feedback. To "get the
word out" to diverse stakeholders, agencies need to establish a variety
of places where information is readily and conveniently available. Many
agencies start by providing recorded, basic information around the clock
and staffing phones during ordinary working hours to respond to questions
and give more detail. Human contact is vitally important and should remain
a staple in public involvement, even when an agency utilizes many other
methods to reach people.
New places to give out information are crucial. Neighborhood locations
are highly desirable but not always practical. Low-tech methods such as
voice mail and answering machines are relatively cost-effective and enhance
an agency's ability to communicate quickly with the general public.
New, "high-tech" technology, including the Internet, opens up exciting
possibilities for reaching people with the information they need and offering
them new ways to interact. FAX-on-demand services, modems, and on-line
services reach people fast. Although, as yet, relatively few people obtain
agency information this way because they do not understand or have access
to computers or other equipment, agencies are beginning to capitalize on
the technology's potential usefulness in public involvement.
Offering people a variety of ways to get information increases the chances
it will reach them. The following techniques supplement more conventional
methods:
on-line services;
hotlines; and
drop-in centers.
ON-LINE SERVICES
What are on-line services?
On-line services provide communication through a computer network
round-the-clock. They are a cross between a personal computer and a
telephone line. With a computer modem and a subscription to an on-line
service (similar to a cable television subscription), users are connected
to the computers of other subscribers. At their own computers, they find
information or participate in dialogues with other users. On-line services
are the basis for an electronic bulletin board or E-mail.
On-line services enable people to give and get information when they
want it. They afford people instantaneous access to information in
documents or on bulletin boards. They allow people to post information
that includes opinions, suggestions, or support for agency proposals or
programs. People do not have to attend meetings to have their comments
recorded. Alaska provided on-line services to public libraries for access
to information including dates and times of meetings and the text of its
State Transportation Improvement Program (TIP).
On-line services have the following components:
a specific electronic address for
the individual or agency;
a "home page@Ca
place for messages or an index; and
a connection to the Internet via modem
and telephone lines, along with appropriate software.
Why are they useful?
They enable agencies to post information about services or recent
activities. The California State Government On-line Network includes
California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) as one of its divisions
so people can contact it for information. Washington's Central Puget Sound
Regional Transit Authority (RTA) has a home page directory leading to information
about its history and organization, current news, newsletters, and public
access network. The Institute for Transportation Research and Education,
working with the North Carolina Department of Transportation (DOT), offers
up-to-date information on highway construction projects and ferry and train
schedules.
On-line services connect individuals to a wide-reaching network of
agency information. Individuals and organizations pull up information
files and print those that interest them. Users send instantaneous messages
about the information to other on-line users, including the agency. They
"surf" among options, with an enhanced sense of access and ability to communicate.
Using on-line services to reach an agency home page concerning a proposed
transportation project or planning process, a local resident may:
collect information;
view a picture, animation, or video;
direct a specific inquiry to the agency
or the appropriate staff member;
submit a comment; or
register a concern.
On-line services allow agencies to communicate and share information.
The Institute of Transportation Engineers provides a listing of computerized
bulletin boards with information and data on transportation topics. The
Institute for Global Communication has several special-interest on-line
services for its 9,500 members, ranging from health reform to marine habitat
preservation to labor relations. In Texas, the Metropolitan Transit Authority
of Harris County (Houston) offers free on-line service. The National Trust
for Historic Preservation has an on-line bulletin board, PRESERV LINK,
with 100 members providing information.
On-line services are used at any stage in a long-range planning or
project development process. The output is used in the same ways as
output from public meetings or messages on an answering machine. The State
of Alaska has a home page, as do the Alaska DOT and its Transportation
Planning Section. They regularly get comments from users.
Information sharing takes place at any time of day. Agencies
post completed information about proposals or programs. Participants read
the information and comment via the on-line network at a time of their
choice. The on-line programs record and retain the information for agencies
or others to read later.
On-line services are also used as a continuous communications medium
during program or project development. On the Central Puget Sound RTA's
home page, users get agency history, project-specific information, and
a list of topics discussed in further detail on later pages. The most recent
newsletter is also available. When a copy of the latest issue appears,
it may be printed from the screen.
Do they have special uses?
On-line services can focus on specific interests, such as the
environment. The Washington State DOT offers a home page about bicycling
that includes books, bicycling clubs, and calendars of events. It also
offers bicycling information from other States, as well as E-mail addresses
for subscriptions to bicycle newsletters. Lastly, it lists the on-line
links into special sections of the Internet Bicycle Archives.
On-line services give access to vast data bases. The library
of the Metropolitan Transportation Commission/Association of Bay Area Governments
in Oakland, California, links systems of data bases covering literature
in over 400 subject areas, in 21 million volumes, in over 10,000 participating
libraries. The library is also linked to on-line catalogs of materials
in libraries at the University of California campuses, California State
University, and Stanford University.
On-line services help develop a mailing list. The Washington
State DOT offers a mailing list option. A user follows a home page instruction
to insert his/her name into the program, thereby automatically joining
the mailing list. (See Mailing Lists.)
Larger commercial services offer "conversation rooms" for discussion
of specific subjects. In this use, an on-line service allows several
subscribers to participate simultaneously in an electronic conversation.
For local people, these services offer an added degree of privacy.
People who are uncomfortable speaking in front of groups can quietly compose
a message or carefully word a concern. They also converse one-on-one with
other concerned people. Records of their participation are kept only if
the user identifies him/herself.
Agencies offer surveys or preference questionnaires via on-line services.
A comment form encourages participants to review issues and write personal
opinions. The Transportation Research Center at the University of Nevada
at Las Vegas offers a comment form that can be transmitted by E-mail.
On-line services help reduce trips to meetings and agency offices.
In a study of the potential municipal use of on-line services, the Claremont
Colleges New Liberal Arts Clinic Program suggested that such services could
reduce vehicle trips by providing an alternative means of conducting business
with government. Community people could use on-line services to participate
in a two-way public discussion or to petition an elected official without
arranging for child care or even worrying about proper attire.
Who participates? and how?
Computer-oriented people are likely to participate, but attracting
local people with the greatest stake in a project or interest in a program
is difficult if they are not computer literate. As computer use continues
to increase in the workplace and on-line services become more common in
public libraries and through organizations, these limitations become less
pronounced.
Usage is limited to those who have access to a computer with connections
to the service and the time and inclination to participate. Nominal
computer skills are necessary, in addition to familiarity with a keyboard,
but these skills are becoming more common. However, a computer purchase
may be too expensive for many households. Public computers are not generally
available, although some public and university libraries as well as offices
of advocacy organizations and neighborhood centers now make on-line services
available. In addition, some private services are beginning to appear.
People with a computer and a modem use on-line services right from
their home, whenever they want. A subscription to an on-line service
helps users reach most sources of information. On-line services are also
used from places of work, some public libraries, schools or universities,
and offices of organizations.
Agencies must publicize the availability of on-line materials.
As use of the Internet and on-line bulletin boards becomes more commonplace,
agencies need to inform people that documents are available at on-line
locations. Agencies publicize on-line connections via mail, public information
materials, advertisements, or telephone.
Who leads their use?
Any public agency can take advantage of existing commercial on-line
services. These services connect an agency to its constituents and
tap into larger data-sharing resources. The design and development of a
successful on-line service begins by evaluating a public agency's hardware
and software capabilities and determining the information management objectives.
Agencies may have to hire outside information management consultants to
design, set up, and troubleshoot an on-line system. In spite of potential
technological challenges, the Urban Transportation Monitor reports
that as of January 1995 more than 28 electronic bulletin boards were related
specifically to transportation.
What are the costs to an agency?
If an agency needs an outside contractor to design, set up, and
monitor system operation, costs depend on the extent of help needed.
Costs to an agency are shared with individuals who use the services.
Both the agency and the users pay monthly subscription fees. These fees
are in the same general range as cable television fees and vary with usage,
like pay-per-view services on television.
Once an on-line service is running, other costs to an agency are
relatively low. Agencies incur costs to maintain public-access machines.
Overall, on-line services are cost-efficient, because many similar requests
for information are handled at once, or staff members are better positioned
to understand and collect input from the public. On-line services are less
costly ways to disseminate information than direct mail, although outreach
is limited to those who can receive them.
How are on-line services organized?
On-line services include the following:
A specific electronic address for
an individual or agency becomes a "mailbox" to receive information via
electronic mail.
A "home page@Ca
place for messages or an index of an agency's projects and programs --identifies
the agency, its location, its telephone numbers on- and off-line, and a
home page custodian for direct communication. Some home pages offer recent
news headlines, telephone directories, and the time of the most recent
update.
The home page serves as a table of
contents--a guide to further pages with details on projects or programs.
Users "click" on a topic, and the requested detailed pages are opened,
offering maps, graphics, or more specific information about projects and
programs. This ability to click on desired topics and reach further information
is called hypertext.
A connection to the Internet via modem
and telephone lines, along with appropriate software, is essential.
Computers available to users must
be equipped with platforms using a mouse for "clicking" topics on the monitor
screen.
As a first step, agencies set a home page on local or regional on-line
services. To take further advantage of the technology, they add ways
for users to begin agency-to-user conversation forums. Initial actions
include informing the public of these opportunities for communication.
Once these services are integrated into an agency's battery of techniques,
they become a routine part of project planning or program development and
a reliable method for gaining public input.
An agency fosters education and participation through greater information
sharing. Active use of on-line services helps agencies better understand
the public's needs, monitor reactions, and improve public awareness. More
than 150 cities and county governments and over 300 people from a wide
range of States share information on a bulletin board, suggesting that
government agencies may learn about themselves through communication with
each other and with their constituents.
On-line services give detailed information about agencies. The
Minnesota DOT maintains an on-line telephone directory that lists departments
and projects alphabetically. Important contact people are named by agency.
This service effectively brings the DOT phone directory to the user's living
room, eliminating the sometimes difficult and frustrating effort of getting
an agency operator to connect a caller with the right office and contact
person.
On-line services give detailed information about construction projects
and their impacts. The North Carolina DOT provides specific information
about current road construction projects. From a statewide map, users choose
projects in their area, obtaining details on project purpose, dates of
construction, lane openings, a corridor map, affected side streets, frequencies
of highway advisory radio channels, and construction-zone safety tips.
The service lists a telephone number for more information. Armed with such
data, a motorist can make choices on how to avoid delays due to road construction.
Data and research on transportation are shared. Caltrans worked
with a private firm in an experimental program to provide traffic counts
by freeway entrance/exit for Southern California. Caltrans also offers
limited use of agency-developed software. The University of Nevada at Las
Vegas has a home page describing the work of its Transportation Research
Center. Users call up summary information of research projects underway
at the University of California at Berkeley, whose research work, distributed
via the California State Government Network, includes executive summaries
of projects and results.
How are they used with other techniques?
On-line services supplement an agency's conventional outreach techniques
such as preparing public information materials and contacting individuals.
(See Public Information Materials.) They should not become the public's
only means of participating. The San Francisco County Transportation Authority
discovered that on-line users were commenting on the Authority's corridor
transportation plans via the Internet's regional transportation bulletin
board. On-line services are evolving into a primary method of communication,
but they do not preclude or substitute for techniques such as public meetings,
personal interaction, and mailings.
Electronic bulletin boards promote and facilitate information exchange.
The New York Metropolitan Transportation Council (NYMTC) has established
an electronic bulletin board system with message boards to explain its
work, its methods, and its specific products and services. The Council's
electronic menu offers messages about the region's transportation improvement
plan, long-range plan, and potential use of congestion management in developing
its travel models. NYMTC will continue to hold hearings and solicit input
in its forecasting and planning efforts through other traditional methods.
What are the drawbacks?
Use of on-line services is limited due to access, expense, and skill
requirements. Although usage is growing, on-line services and computers
reach only a fraction of the total population. Some people are always suspicious
of machines, and some resist using means of communication they consider
cold and impersonal. Adjustment to technological change is slow, and some
social and economic barriers will persist. Just as there are people who
still do not own an automobile, there will always be those without computers
and on-line services. Concerns about equity among participants should be
kept in mind when choosing this technique.
Participants in on-line services do not represent the entire community.
In particular, ethnic groups, minorities, disabled people, the elderly,
and other people traditionally underserved by transportation often have
limited access to these resources. (See Ethnic, Minority, and Low-income
Groups.) As computer use continues to increase in the workplace and on-line
services become more common and more available in public places, such limitations
may become less pronounced.
On-line services must be used in conjunction with other techniques
that allow people to obtain information quickly. They require people to
make a commitment to using a computer to obtain information. Users cannot
be reached as quickly as with a printed pamphlet, fact sheet, report, or
other materials delivered to the door. (See Public Information Materials.)
On-line services cannot replace meetings, which allow participants
to interact with one another and focus on key points of discussion. Even
with the interaction on-line services provide, they lack the dynamic face-to-face
interplay that generates and airs ideas during a meeting or focus group.
(See Focus Groups; Small Group Techniques.)
Information overload is a potential problem. As on-line services
make communication easy and many people join in, the sheer volume of information
available becomes overwhelming. Agencies are unlikely to receive individual
comments unless they help people focus on specific issues. Frequently,
this involves communicating through traditional public information materials
and meetings.
Are on-line services flexible?
The format of a home page or bulletin board is modified and adjusted
as needed, while the essential characteristics of the medium remain
unchanged. Other specific on-line actions are also changed frequently.
The flexibility of the technology itself (e.g., round-the-clock availability,
adjustable format or applications) is one of its most attractive features.
The NYMTC Transportation Information Exchange established 5 bulletin boards
and 13 explanatory files, with the express belief that with time and user
interaction, more bulletin boards and issue-specific files would be added.
On-line information is changed as often as an agency wishes.
It should always carry the date when updated information was entered. The
Caltrans home page shows the date of the page's latest update and includes
a listing of the information most recently added to the page, with dates
next to each item. Seeing how recently the information was added and how
recently the whole page was updated adds credibility and a sense of immediacy.
It also makes the on-line service more of a here-and-now resource.
A home page can include information from outside an agency. One
service offered on the Caltrans home page is San Francisco Bay Area Transit
Information. It is operated as a pubic service of the University of California,
supported by student volunteers working to improve campus on-line services.
When are they used most effectively?
On-line services are best used to improve and expand opportunities
for communication. King County Metro Transit in Seattle has used them
to give the riding public information about Metro's Rider-Link program.
Integrating text, photographs, and video, they give potential riders information
about fares, schedules, routes, and connections with other services. With
this service, anyone in the Seattle area can get transit information from
a desktop computer. In Lexington, Kentucky, the Metropolitan Planning Organization--Urban
County Government--puts its TIP and Americans with Disabilities Act reports
on electronic bulletin boards.
Over time on-line services strengthen public involvement programs
as a means of communication and information exchange. Their sustained use
increases as more people become accustomed to on-line services and their
advantages.
For further information:
Alaska Home Page, http://www/dot.state.ak.us/
Lexington Urban County Government, Division of Planning, (606) 258-3160;
E-mail lsfusg.com
Metropolitan Transit Authority of Harris County (Houston), (713) 739-4000;
E-mail webmaster@www.hou-metro.harris.tx.us
New York Metropolitan Transportation Council, (212) 938-3300; bulletin
board (212) 938-4371
San Francisco County Transportation Authority, (415) 557-6850; E-mail
sfcta@thecity.sfsu.edu/~sfctamel
Texas Employment Commission, Public Information Office, (512) 463-2217;
E-mail telnet://hi-tec.state.tx.us:23/
Editor and Publisher, Urban Transportation Monitor, (703) 764-0512;
E-mail drathbon@ix.netcom.com
California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), (916) 654-5266;
E-mail webadmin@dot.ca.gov
HOTLINES
What are hotlines?
Hotlines are agency telephone lines that receive inquiries from
the general public. They offer updated information on a project and general
news regarding a special program, as well as taking specific inquiries
from callers. The hotlines are staffed by a contact person or operate automatically
with recorded messages.
Most hotlines have the following basic features:
an established, well-publicized telephone
number that operates--at a minimum--during business hours; many hotlines
offer 24-hour toll-free communication access via an 800 number;
an answering machine to receive calls
when staff is unavailable;
a staff person designated to receive
and respond to calls; and
a policy for ways in which agency
staff should respond to calls.
Why are they useful?
Hotlines allow anyone with access to a telephone to contact an agency.
They are inexpensive and easy to use for informing a wide range of individuals
about a project or planning process and for allowing them to ask questions
or voice opinions. The Denver Regional Council of Governments uses a hotline
to announce public meetings, hearings, and other events. The Maryland Department
of Transportation (DOT) uses an 800 number during project development,
and the Colorado DOT uses one during its planning process. The Central
Puget Sound Regional Transit Authority (RTA) uses a hotline to announce
events and take questions and comments from the public.
Hotlines are used to deliver recorded messages, using one or
more telephone lines. Such operations provide specific information to update
community members on upcoming program events or announce recent project
milestones and decisions. Agencies check the line regularly and make responses
promptly. Messages are updated frequently, so that information is current
and callers are confident that the agency is monitoring the system. Special
technologies are available to enable people with hearing and speech disabilities
to activate all hotline features. (See Americans with Disabilities.)
Hotlines are a useful method of two-way communication. They offer
both information and an opportunity to register opinions or ask questions.
Staff members give real-time responses. Answering machines should include
a mechanism to record callers' names and addresses as well as questions
or opinions. The Twin Cities Metropolitan Planning Organization (MPO) in
Minnesota has an automated telephone response system. (See Telephone Techniques.)
Do they have special uses?
FAX-on-demand services can be provided by a hotline. The Pennsylvania
State Legislature provides a FAX-on-demand service to its members and plans
to do so for constituents as well. This service provides a caller with
facsimile copies of information (in this case, legislative bills) from
a prepared menu. A person calling the hotline selects a desired document,
provides a number for the receiving facsimile machine, then awaits the
agency's transmission. This service eliminates delays that come from telephoning,
requesting, and waiting for a mailing, or the redundancy of agency staff
answering dozens of identical requests for a "hot" piece of information.
For short documents, FAX-on-demand is cost-competitive with traditional
mail services, particularly if transmissions are sent in off-hours, when
telephone rates are lower.
Hotlines are used prior to open houses or open forums. In this
way, they enable staff members to research answers and better prepare for
an event. (See Open Forum Hearings/Open Houses.) New Jersey Transit uses
a hotline for its Monmouth-Ocean-Middlesex
major investment study to receive questions from the public prior to project
open houses. Callers are asked to state their questions in detail, along
with their names and the open house meeting they plan to attend.
Who participates? and how?
Anyone with access to a telephone can use a hotline. Blanket
publicity is the key to making sure that the telephone number is well-known.
New Jersey Transit hands out refrigerator magnets with its hotline number
at all public events. Members of a project technical team hand out magnets
when they meet people in the field.
TDD (telecommunications device for the deaf) services make hotlines
accessible to people with hearing or speech disabilities. These callers
contact a TDD-compatible hotline through their own service. The service
then contacts the hotline. The Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority
regards this service as an essential component of its compliance with the
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). (See Americans with Disabilities.)
Staff people must be available to respond. Hotlines with recorded
messages do not offer callers immediate personal contact with a staff person.
A member of a project or agency staff calls back once messages are retrieved.
Answers to information requests need to be timely and responsive in content.
To be effective, hotlines must be well-publicized. Publicity
is particularly crucial, since people must know about them and know the
telephone numbers before they can make use of them. Publicity can be in
print media, at meetings, and on public documents. (See Public Information
Materials, p. 39; Media Strategies.)
How do agencies use the output?
Agencies gauge public opinion about a project. They identify
specific, recurring issues or questions. Calls received do not represent
a random sample, but they are an indicator of the opinions within a community.
If an agency receives several questions in a certain subject area, it can
adjust its outreach program to improve general understanding of those issues.
Changes may be in order in the content of analyses and plans to respond
to participants' concerns. New Jersey Transit keeps a database of comments
received on its hotline and at public events that can be referred to by
subject area or geographic area.
Recordings allow an agency to prepare a thoughtful response rather
than to put staff members in a position they might feel pressure to "shoot
from the hip" (especially when dealing with an irate caller).
Who leads the technique?
No special background is needed to set up and operate a hotline.
The actual setup is coordinated with a telephone company. Operation of
the equipment is a fairly simple task, although the person who records
the greetings should enunciate clearly.
The person who answers the calls should be well-versed in the
specifics of the project and be able to answer follow-up questions. The
North Carolina Department of Tourism and the Wisconsin DOT have trained
State prisoners with no prior experience to staff hotlines. In North Carolina,
the prisoners receive extensive preliminary training on the subject matter
and on phone etiquette before staffing phone banks, and they are equipped
with brochures and materials that assist them in answering questions. The
system has been in operation for over five years, and its sponsors regard
it as a success.
What are the costs?
Hotline costs vary, depending on the complexity of the system,
use of a standard or toll-free telephone number, and the staffing plan.
A hotline can be as simple as a telephone hooked to an answering machine,
usually costing less than $100. The costs increase when additional branch
lines are added, requiring specialized equipment.
Staffing costs are linked to usage. Staff members only need to
dedicate time when they are actually on the telephone, with some additional
time needed for documentation and other administrative tasks.
How are hotlines organized?
Hotlines are easy to set up. Most long-distance companies are
able to provide assistance in organizing an answering system. Special equipment
is required to set up the answering mechanism if multiple answering modules
are to be employed. An alternative approach is to contract with a telephone
company to provide the service and permit the agency to access it via an
office telephone. This arrangement works only for a system with recorded
messages. A toll-free number can be used, and telephone companies bill
based on its usage, so operating costs are closely linked to effectiveness.
An agency staff member checks messages regularly to assure prompt
responses. If staffing permits, a member of the project team is designated
to answer calls as they come in, at least during business hours. This person
should be well-versed in several aspects of the project so that she or
he can answer a variety of questions. Project management may maintain a
contact sheet of team members who can answer detailed questions about specific
issues.
How are they used with other techniques?
Hotlines are integrated with a variety of other techniques in
the public involvement toolbox. The Denver Regional Council of Governments
and the Central Puget Sound RTA use hotlines, along with media advertisements
and newsletters, to publicize public meetings and events. (See Media Strategies;
Public Information Materials.) New Jersey Transit uses its hotline as an
RSVP device for committee meetings. The hotline itself is advertised at
these events and in project newsletters. A hotline can be used to build
a project mailing list. (See Mailing Lists.)
What are the drawbacks?
Callers may be frustrated if they receive a recorded message
rather than reaching a live staff member. An unhappy caller who is already
upset with some aspect of an agency's program becomes more upset when unable
to make immediate human contact. This problem is alleviated if a staff
member answers the telephone during peak business hours or if the answering
system at least gives callers the option of reaching a person. If a satisfactory
response to the inquiry comes promptly, most callers overcome their initial
frustration at not having their call answered in person.
Hotlines require regular notice in agency newsletters and publications.
The Pennsylvania DOT has expressed some dissatisfaction with hotlines due
to the constant publicity needed to make hotline use effective. Some agencies
have been able to take advantage of word-of-mouth notification through
community organizations, but this method should not be the sole means of
publicizing a hotline. (See Media Strategies.)
Are hotlines flexible?
Hotlines can be changed to meet specific functions. Depending
on need, a hotline provides a calendar of upcoming events, heralds project
milestones, or offers a clearinghouse for questions from concerned local
people. Frequent adjustments to hotlines assure the timeliness of information.
When are they used most effectively?
Hotlines are most effective when integrated with other techniques.
They are used as part of an outreach program that includes a variety of
printed, electronic, and personal media. Hotlines complement other outreach
techniques, providing a means of building mailing lists and initiating
more meaningful personal contacts.
For further information:
Central Puget Sound Regional Transit Authority, Seattle, Washington,
(206) 684-1357
Denver Regional Council of Governments, Denver, Colorado, (303) 455-1000
Maryland Department of Transportation, Baltimore, Maryland, (410) 859-7367
New Jersey Transit, Newark, New Jersey, (201) 491-8077
Pennsylvania State Legislature, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania, (717) 783-6430
Puget Sound Regional Council, Seattle, Washington, (206) 587-9487
DROP-IN CENTERS
What is a drop-in center?
A drop-in center is a place for give-and-take exchange of transportation
information within a neighborhood or community. An easy-to-find location
on home turf makes it convenient and easy for people to get information
on a program or plan and to express their concerns and issues. A drop-in
center offers informal, continuing contact with the community. It can have
other names: field office, site office, or clearinghouse.
A drop-in center has the following characteristics:
It is visible to the community--an
office, storefront, or trailer in any visible, accessible, and convenient
location within a project area or corridor.
It can be mobile, using a van or trailer,
to maximize contact with various stakeholders.
It is open during specific, regular
hours, not just occasionally or sporadically.
It is usually in existence for a designated
period of time, such as during the planning or construction phase of a
project.
It is usually staffed by planning,
project, and/or liaison personnel knowledgeable about the area and the
issues.
Why is it useful?
A drop-in center provides easy, convenient access to information
for people who might not otherwise participate in a planning process, particularly
if doing so requires a long trip to an unfamiliar location. Informal, day-to-day
contact between agency representatives and members of a community is easier
and more likely if a drop-in center is established in a highly-visible
area. In San Francisco, the Bay Area Rapid Transit District (BART) rented
storefronts in shopping malls and maintained them from pre-scoping periods
through construction of rapid transit lines.
An agency makes a visible commitment to communication to and
from the community by going to the trouble and expense of establishing
a drop-in center. Establishing a drop-in center may help convince the community
that an agency wants to involve people in planning or project development.
Sioux City, Iowa, set up a drop-in center in a downtown storefront and
two malls for two weeks during its Vision 2020 planning process. The "design
workshops" made it easy for people to talk to planners and designers about
physical issues in the city and contribute ideas for change.
Staff gets first-hand knowledge of the community's needs and concerns.
In Boston, the Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority (MBTA) established
a drop-in center in Dudley Square--a transit node/shopping district--for
a study of ways to improve transit services to that community and others.
Planners and engineers were able to see and experience the concerns of
residents and transit users and have regular, close contact with area residents
and businesses.
A drop-in center provides low-risk access for community residents
to get answers and make comments about a process and project. Many people
are not comfortable asking questions at public meetings, and some do not
want to make statements of support or rejection in front of their peers.
(See Public Meetings/Hearings.) A drop-in center offers a low-key, easy
way to ask questions or make comments.
Does it have special uses?
A drop-in center is often used during high-visibility, controversial
projects with major impacts. In Colorado, the Department of Transportation
(DOT) opened a drop-in center as part of a controversial highway project
on State Highway 82. Input from it led to significant revisions over the
three years of planning and environmental work.
A drop-in center provides continuity and historical reference
in long-term, comprehensive projects. Boston's Central Artery/Tunnel project
set up drop-in centers in three neighborhoods affected by the project.
Established during planning and design, these offices will remain open
through the ten years of construction.
Drop-in centers help when an agency is based far from a project site.
A drop-in center is a cost-effective way to learn about a community and
its concerns. It also gives the community better access to the agency.
District offices that reach out and interact with community residents are
good examples of permanent drop-in centers. The Arizona DOT set up a Tucson
District Office as a drop-in center for the Department as a whole--thus
enabling it to reach local constituents, monitor consultants, and improve
its ability to communicate with local residents and businesses.
A drop-in center in a seasonal community helps get stakeholders involved.
Tourists and other seasonal people often need more incentive and assistance
to get involved.
A drop-in center is used to break down barriers between agencies
and communities. A drop-in center in a neighborhood that is racially, ethnically,
or economically different from an agency's home base helps show that the
agency is serious about addressing community concerns. (See Ethnic, Minority,
and Low-income Groups.) In Denver, Colorado, the Regional Transit District
(RTD) established a drop-in center in a low-income community through which
a light rail line was being built. By being involved with the community
and walking along the corridor regularly, the RTD staff was able to answer
questions and reduce anxiety about the construction.
Who participates? and how?
Any member of a community, particularly residents and businesses,
can use a drop-in center. An office located, for instance, on the first
floor in an area with heavy foot traffic draws passers-by off the street.
Neighborhood groups, other agencies, and consultants benefit
if the office is well-situated and well-supplied with materials and equipment.
Sharing space for public purposes is cost-effective. A transit project
drop-in center in San Francisco was shared with a community policing effort.
The two groups provided visitors for each other, and the community policing
unit provided security for the drop-in center.
People stop by for information. A sign or display in the window
encourages people to walk in and give or get information. An all-day public
forum in Little Rock, Arkansas, for the U.S. 67/167 major investment study
featured information booths and exhibits in a storefront drop-in center.
Although not permanent, the storefront location was well-publicized and
highly visible.
Meetings are held at the drop-in center. Community groups can
use it for their own meetings. This draws people to the center and introduces
them to its resources. It also brings other agency representatives, elected
officials, and interest groups into the neighborhood to help them understand
its people and their issues. The MBTA's site office in Dudley Square was
used for weekly Friday morning community/agency meetings for the duration
of Phase I of the Replacement/ Transit Improvement Study.
People use a drop-in center as a library/resource center to review
documents and plans and to get information. A drop-in center should be
well-stocked with information pieces to give away, plans to review, documents
to read and photocopy, and other materials explaining aspects of the project
or process.
How do agencies use it?
A drop-in center gives agencies opportunities for broader outreach
and communication. With more frequent contact with the community through
a drop-in center, an agency is in a better position to listen, address
concerns, and counter misinformation. The Portland, Oregon, Tri-Met used
a rehabilitated city bus in its planning for systemwide fare changes. The
bus was driven to schools, business areas, and grocery stores, staying
as long as a week in each location. Trained fare collectors ran the "Bus
School," explaining the new fare information to the 150,000 people who
used it. A video about the fare changes was also available.
Agencies use drop-in centers to communicate one-on-one with people.
Specific abutter concerns or particular issues raised by interest groups
are often easier to respond to face-to-face rather than at a public meeting.
Who leads?
Staffing patterns vary with the nature of a project. Some drop-in
centers are staffed by three or four people, while others have just one.
To a large extent, staffing depends on the project's scale or the degree
of controversy it engenders. It also varies with the level of participants'
use.
Drop-in center staff members must be knowledgeable about the
area and about technical issues and programs. They must be good listeners
and be aware of and involved in community concerns. Drop-in centers set
up by San Francisco's BART are generally staffed by one person from Community
Services. Several times a week throughout a planning process, personnel
from the design, engineering, and other technical sections staff the office
to learn about the community's concerns first-hand.
The staff must communicate concerns, questions, and sentiments of
the community to other project personnel. Staff members must be good
communicators for liaison between the community and project officials.
They should also be friendly and personable, not confrontational or defensive.
Sometimes, drop-in centers are staffed by community members who provide
local knowledge, input, and contacts. In Colorado, the staff in a drop-in
center for the State Highway 82 Corridor Study included a municipal planner/liaison
who assisted the DOT staff engineer.
A drop-in center can be staffed by an existing neighborhood agency
familiar with the issues. If possible, that agency should be involved in
transportation and able to answer questions about a proposal or direct
people to a knowledgeable person.
A drop-in center can function primarily as exhibit space with
no staff on hand other than a security guard or caretaker to protect the
displays. However, most drop-in centers are professionally staffed, because
interaction between staff and visitors is key to a successful planning
process.
What are the costs?
The cost to establish and maintain a drop-in center can be high.
Assembling an office staff, renting space, installing a telephone, and
supplying office equipment can be expensive, especially if the office is
in existence for a long time. Creating an inviting, friendly atmosphere
and maintaining a comfortable environment can also be expensive. Costs
are partially allayed when unpaid public involvement volunteers help staff
a center. (See Speakers' Bureaus and Public Involvement Volunteers.)
A mobile drop-in center such as a trailer is somewhat cheaper.
A mobile center can be moved to different sites to reach more people. It
can also be used on more than one project, if necessary. The Arkansas DOT
has used trailers as drop-in centers for the past decade. During the Washington,
D.C., Metropolitan Planning Organization's visioning process, a "vision
van" visited numerous neighborhoods, gathering and giving information.
For minority areas (Spanish ethnic, African-American poor, elderly poor,
and ethnically-mixed areas), the van was customized with visual, easy-to-read
signs and displays.
Large quantities of handout materials may be necessary. The potentially
high volume of visitors to a drop-in center requires multiple copies of
many documents. Encouraging interest in a project leads to requests for
more detail or different types of information.
How are drop-in centers organized?
A drop-in center can be established at the beginning of a planning
process when an agency needs to build relationships with the community.
It is also used when interest in a process is at a peak. Peak interest
may be generated as a project advances or media coverage increases. It
can also arise in response to an issue or problem related to construction.
A drop-in center can follow up through design and construction phases
of a project. A long-term center provides continuous contact with project
personnel after a planning phase. For a $300 million highway project affecting
Boston's Charlestown neighborhood, a drop-in center set up during the planning
phase continued through construction. The center linked a highly-interactive
planning and design process with the construction phase.
The drop-in center must be easy to find and visible from the street.
Storefronts with first-floor access are ideal. A drop-in center must be
an inviting and active place that welcomes the community. It must have
adequate space for exhibits, reading tables, and a small project library.
It should have room and chairs for small-group meetings.
A drop-in center must have convenient hours. It should not confine
its hours to between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., for most people are not able
to visit during those hours. Opening on weekends and evenings maximizes
opportunities for community visits. Shorter weekday accessibility combined
with some Saturday time keeps hours to 40 or under per week. The MBTA maintained
a 40-hour-per-week drop-in center in Roxbury's Dudley Square during design
and construction of a new transit station. The center was open during business
hours, but because the area--a major shopping node adjacent to a large
public housing development--is very busy all day long, many people visited.
The center was used frequently for night meetings as well.
The agency, its consultant, or members of the community can staff
a drop-in center, in any combination. A professional staff person should
be present at all times. Community people may want to play a role in the
center and could be remunerated for their time, if resources permit. A
disinterested caretaker can be employed for emergencies only and instructed
carefully on how to greet visitors.
Preparation for opening day is essential. The community should
have 15-30 days' notice before
a drop-in center is opened. The existence of a center must be publicized
in many community publications and with signs in the windows. The office
telephone must be operable, and its phone number must be publicized and
accessible. A sufficient supply of materials (charts, maps, handouts, brochures,
fact sheets) must be ready for the opening. On opening day the drop-in
center can have a sign that is attractive and visible from a distance.
Finally, opening day might include a special event to publicize the office
and kick off the public involvement effort. (See Non-traditional Meeting
Places and Events.)
How are they used with other techniques?
A drop-in center can become a locus of activities for public involvement.
It is an ideal place for meetings and charrettes. (See Charrettes.) The
center can host a hotline or other telephone techniques, such as voice
mail for comments, fax-on-demand, and a menu system for project information.
(See On-line Services.) Citizen training and coordinator-catalyst activities
can be organized through a drop-in center. It often serves as a community
planning center, clearinghouse, and location for open houses. (See Open
Forum Hearings/Open Houses.) Teleconferencing centers can be set up at
drop-in centers to allow people to communicate not only with the office
staff but also with agency personnel in the main office. (See Teleconferencing.)
A drop-in center is a source for information pieces. Information
is distributed via brochures, flyers, or posters, and displayed on computer
terminals or interactive kiosks. (See Interactive Video Displays and Kiosks.)
Information is augmented and detailed by staff. Public information materials
include the address and telephone number of the drop-in center, so that
people can call or stop by for additional information. (See Public Information
Materials.)
What are the drawbacks?
Rental costs can be high. Renting a storefront is costly in a
central, easily accessible area. Because a downtown, visible location in
Basalt, Colorado, was so expensive, the Colorado DOT set up a drop-in center
for the State Highway 82 Corridor Study in a suburban office park on the
highway. An agency may be able to obtain donated space in the community.
A drop-in center requires a commitment to keep it open for a
specified time period or as needed. This commitment includes staffing and
running the office carefully to make it successful.
Staffing needs can be daunting. One or two full-time people may
be needed over a significant period of time. The cost effectiveness should
be explored before an agency makes a commitment to a drop-in center. One
way to hold down staffing needs is to make the drop-in center available
for fewer hours per week. Another is to utilize public involvement volunteers
to help staff the center. (See Speakers' Bureaus and Public Involvement
Volunteers.)
A drop-in center can be poorly implemented, despite good intentions.
An "exhibit"-type drop-in center, with graphic displays and little else,
is less flexible and interactive than a staffed office. A lightly staffed,
under-maintained office will not help an agency or a project. A community
is alienated by an unattractive drop-in center and an uninformed staff.
A field office must have updated materials, displays that are understandable
to lay people, and an interested staff.
Location sometimes becomes an issue. A neighborhood can be angered
and feel betrayed by placement of a drop-in center in an adjacent community.
Boston's Central Artery/Tunnel Project avoided controversy by setting up
three drop-in centers simultaneously, even though construction would affect
the areas at different times.
The agency may want a high degree of control over information distribution
at a drop-in center. For a center to be successful, staff needs to be able
to give information relatively freely without having to go through channels
at the main office. If access to information is restricted or unreasonably
slow, credibility suffers and community activity at the center drops off.
Liability issues are a consideration. Maintaining a drop-in center
of any type carries with it a responsibility that the office be safe and
clean for neighborhood visitors.
Is a drop-in center flexible?
A drop-in center can be set up at any time during the process.
However, once established, it should be maintained for the specified time
frame and at a consistent level of staffing. Setting up a center is less
cost-effective late in a project or planning process.
When is it used most effectively?
A drop-in center is effective in project development. Many State
DOTs use drop-in centers at project locations to give information to people
and obtain comments and opinions about the project as it is detailed and
more fully developed by the agency.
A drop-in center is valuable as an introduction to the planning process.
In Boston, the MBTA Replacement/Transit Improvement Study drop-in center
was set up at the very beginning of the planning process.
A drop-in center is particularly useful where community residents
are underrepresented in transportation planning or project development.
In Denver, certain minority and economically disadvantaged neighborhoods,
unaccustomed to major construction work, were concerned about upcoming
light rail construction. The drop-in center helped a committee of local
residents monitor construction.
A drop-in center is used during design and construction stages
to maintain contact and build trust within a community. Continuity from
planning through design and construction phases is an asset to an agency
in terms of working closely with a community.
For further information:
Arizona Department of Transportation, Tucson, Arizona, (602) 255-7768
Arkansas Department of Transportation, (501) 569-2281
Colorado Department of Transportation, Denver, Colorado, (303) 757-9266
Denver Regional Transit District, Denver, Colorado, (303) 299-2401
Little Rock Metropolitan Planning Organization, Little Rock, Arkansas,
(501) 372-3300
Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority, Boston, Massachusetts,
(617) 222-3366
Massachusetts Highway Department, Boston, Massachusetts, (617) 973-7000
Washington, D.C., Metropolitan Planning Organization, (202) 962-3200
Chapter 3. GETTING FEEDBACK FROM PARTICIPANTS
B. DESIGNING PROGRAMS TO BRING OUT COMMUNITY VIEWPOINTS AND RESOLVE
DIFFERENCES
Standard meeting formats are not always successful in bringing out a
full range of community viewpoints or resolving differences of opinion.
Sometimes participants need other ways to make their views known and to
build consensus. The use of special techniques, some of which are costly
and must be conducted by professional consultants, may be warranted in
such situations.
Agencies can use very specific means to obtain feedback from participants
and weigh them along with other people's positions. New techniques such
as customer-based analysis help agencies determine the community's needs
and what might satisfy those needs. Reliability of results, in terms of
substance and statistical validity, depends on the method used.
When people make their views known but are unable to reach consensus
on the issues, alternative dispute resolution techniques can help resolve
the conflicts. Whether disagreements are settled without outside assistance
(for example, by negotiation) or require a third party to mediate depends
upon the complexity of the issues, the extent of the stalemate, and the
skills and spirit with which all parties enter into the resolution process.
Ways to get direct feedback and resolve differences include:
focus groups;
public opinion surveys;
facilitation; and
negotiation and mediation.
FOCUS GROUPS
What is a focus group?
A focus group is a tool to gauge public opinion. Borrowed from
the marketing and advertising industry, it frankly regards transportation
as a product that can be improved and the public as customers for that
product. It is a way to identify customer concerns, needs, wants, and expectations.
It can inform sponsors of the attitudes and values that customers hold
and why. It can help drive development of policies, programs, and services
and the allocation of resources. Focus groups have been used by transportation
officials in New York and Illinois as a way to determine public opinions
on high-occupancy vehicle (HOV) lane additions and rail transit alternatives.
A focus group is a small group discussion with professional leadership.
A carefully-selected group of individuals convenes to discuss and give
opinions on a single topic. Participants are selected in two ways: random
selection is used to assure representation of all segments of society;
non-random selection helps elicit a particular position or point of view.
A combination of selection techniques can result in a focus group of people
well-versed in transportation issues along with those who are solely consumers
of transportation services.
A focus group has these basic features:
a carefully-crafted agenda, with five
or six major questions at most;
emphasis on gathering perspectives,
insights, and opinions of participants through conversation and interaction;
identification of major points of
agreement and divergence of opinion;
minimal presentation of material to
set context and subject;
gleaning, not shaping, of opinions
or perspectives;
eight to twelve participants; and
understanding that the participants'
role is to give personal insights and perspectives.
Why is it useful?
A focus group leader explores attitudes in depth through follow-up
questions. It offers an opportunity to get behind people's expressed attitudes
and assess policy directions and program objectives. It is a chance to
review allocation of resources. It helps confirm or deny established goals
or set new directions.
Informality encourages full participation. The small size of
the group lowers barriers to speaking out. A focus group is a place for
people to speak out without criticism of their comments. Spontaneity in
responding produces fresh information. Participants are not required to
prepare for the discussion. Many focus groups have found that participants
readily volunteer ideas and comments that have not been recorded elsewhere.
For example, focus groups were used in Los Angeles to find out why commuters
were not taking advantage of free transit passes.
A focus group supplements other forms of public involvement.
It serves the narrowly-defined need for direct and informal opinion on
a specific topic. For broad participation from all community residents
on the same or other topics, alternative forms of involvement are used.
Does a focus group have special uses?
A focus group provides community input from otherwise unrepresented
individuals. Residents from specific areas within an urban region can
be heard. Geographically-based opinions and issues can be more readily
defined and discerned. The Colorado Department of Transportation (DOT)
used 20 regional focus groups for detailed discussion of issues following
a statewide community survey.
A focus group can marshal expert opinion on a plan. Project California
used six focus groups of engineers, systems analysts, regulatory officials,
and other specialists to evaluate guidelines for encouraging technological
development, including electric vehicles, intelligent transportation systems
(ITS), and the mass transit industry in the State.
An agency can use focus groups to compare opinions. In preparations
for Chicago's Downtown Plan, opinions of Loop residents were compared with
those of suburbanites; results suggested new directions in commuting and
in aligning the proposed downtown light-rail line. Focus groups can also
compare opinions that are internal and external to an organization.
Who participates? and how?
Focus group members are selected by the sponsor. Depending on
the goals to be achieved, a focus group is heterogeneous (with a variety
of people from different backgrounds within a single geographic area) or
homogeneous (with separate focus groups for residents, businesses, and
institutions, as in, for example, Boston's Back Bay Transportation Strategies
project). Members may be randomly selected or invited from previously identified,
non-random groups.
Community residents participate by stating opinions. Individuals
within the group may react to others' opinions or bring up their own ideas.
The facilitator of the group guides discussion to cover all agenda items
and assure that all individuals get a chance to speak.
How do agencies use the output?
A focus group produces opinions from local people. For the Massachusetts
Turnpike, focus groups helped identify user requests and needs for park-and-ride
lots. The output of the group meeting is always recorded in written form
for the sponsor's use. In addition to the written document, some agencies
use videotapes of the proceedings. Some use mirrored one-way windows to
observe the focus group in process.
Focus group information supplements other community input. A
purpose for the group is clearly identified beforehand. Its agenda fits
closely within the information needs of a larger project or program. Opinions
derived from the group inform the larger effort. For Chicago's Downtown
Plan, the City used four focus groups--from in-town and the suburbs--to
find out what people liked and didn't like about downtown Chicago.
A focus group is tailored to assess public reactions. Because
it typically deals with broad policy or program goals and impacts on the
community, it does not dwell on technical issues. It helps agencies or
organizations understand overall public reactions to programs or policies
at a single point in time. For example, in the San Francisco area focus
groups were used to obtain commuter perceptions about ridesharing.
Who leads a focus group?
A focus group needs a facilitator. The facilitator is essential
to hold the group to the agenda and elicit opinions from each participant.
In some cases, the facilitator is essential to keep a single participant
from dominating the proceedings. In other instances, opinions may be lost
in a sea of anecdotes unless the facilitator firmly steers the group toward
the agenda. (See Facilitation.)
A facilitator needs guidance on the agenda and purpose of the
focus group. Sample questions for the group can be provided to the facilitator
by the sponsor. The sponsor may be present at the group in a non-participatory
function or as an outside observer. During a break in the discussion, the
sponsor may confer with the facilitator to assure that all agenda topics
are covered.
What are the costs?
A focus group is relatively inexpensive compared with the costs
and effort involved in administering a full opinion survey. (See Public
Opinion Surveys.) It consumes less time in both implementation and analysis.
Extensive statistical analysis is not required, because a focus group provides
only qualitative information. However, agencies often choose an outside
firm to provide a paid, neutral facilitator. Public agencies tend not to
pay participants, in contrast with private market research organizations.
A focus group need not be time-consuming. Meetings are seldom
longer than two or three hours. For the participants' convenience, it may
be held after work hours. Schedules can be tailored to fit needs of participants
and the sponsoring agency. If required, a focus group can be organized
within a matter of weeks following a decision to proceed. It takes a moderate
to long amount of time to select, invite, and confirm participants. The
time required to prepare focus group agendas and questions is not major
if an experienced facilitator is available to work with the sponsor.
How is a focus group organized?
A focus group is integrated with a larger program. It is used
to inform executives and staff of public reactions to ongoing work. Thus,
it grows from the needs of the larger work and provides supplemental input
and information to it. For example, in Florida focus groups were used to
define the preferences of commuters and travel-related businesses for community
real-time traffic information.
Policy direction within an agency is required. A sponsoring agency
selects the agenda, participants, and facilitator and may designate questions
to be addressed by participants. A meeting site must be selected and may
need to be on neutral ground if the sponsor is not to be identified.
How is it used with other techniques?
A focus group cannot replace other techniques of public involvement,
but it can provide input. It is used to identify concerns and issues prior
to implementing a media strategy. (See Media Strategies.) It is used to
refine requirements for transportation alternatives and can be repeated
at intervals to gauge changes in public opinion. It provides a qualitative
supplement to quantitative community surveys. (See Public Opinion Surveys.)
What are the drawbacks?
A focus group provides solely qualitative responses. It is not
statistically representative of society at large. While it fits the Intermodal
Surface Transportation Efficiency Act's (ISTEA's) requirement of giving
people an opportunity to comment on a project, a focus group includes only
a sample of the community. As a one-time event, it does not meet Federal
standards for continuing public involvement and cannot replace a more formal
process that records each participant's comments and presents all of them
to the appropriate authorities.
A focus group brings no public consensus. Potentially opposing
groups do not deliberate important issues. The goal is to obtain opinions--not
disseminate information. Specific viewpoints of individuals or the groups
they represent are the principal product of a focus group meeting. Thus,
the results are used as a guideline for further thinking and analysis.
For further information:
Boston Transportation Department (Back Bay Transportation Strategies),
(617) 635-3086
Chicago City Planning Department (Downtown Plan), (312) 744-4142
Chicago Regional Transportation Authority (South Corridor Transit Study),
(312) 917-0700
Colorado Department of Transportation Long-range Plan, (303) 757-9266
New Jersey Department of Transportation Long-range Plan, (609) 530-2866
New York Department of Transportation Region 10, (518) 360-6006
PUBLIC OPINION SURVEYS
What are public opinion surveys?
Public opinion surveys assess widespread public opinion. An agency
administers a survey to a sample group of people via a written questionnaire
or through interviews in person, by phone, or by electronic media. The
limited sample of people is considered representative of a larger group.
Survey results show public positions or reactions to agency actions
and gather information for use in the process. Surveys can be formal (scientifically
assembled and administered) or informal. For example, in a series of formal
surveys, voters in the Puget Sound region (Seattle, Washington) were asked
to say how they would vote on various possible elements in a regional transit
system. In an informal survey, the Ohio Department of Transportation (DOT)
attached a questionnaire to its draft statewide transportation plan, Access
Ohio, to solicit comments from reviewers. During preparation of Oregon's
transportation plan, public opinion surveys were made available in the
policy element draft and at public meetings.
Scientific surveys give broadly applicable results. The Puget
Sound surveys mentioned above, for example, were based on a random sample
of voters carefully chosen to be statistically representative of all voters.
Informal surveys tend to bring responses from a self-selected group of
people--those who are more personally interested in specific transportation
issues than the population at large. However, informal surveys can be designed
to reach a broader group than those who attend public meetings.
Why are they useful?
Surveys portray community perceptions and preferences. They can
accurately report on what people know or want to know. They test whether
a plan or plan element is acceptable to the public as it is being developed,
or test an agency's perception of what people are thinking and reinforce
decisions made through participatory programs. They can identify concerns
before a public vote is scheduled, as was done in the Seattle area.
Surveys can test whether opinions are changing, if repeated after
an interval of time. Results can be useful to the leaders of the process
or to elected officials and community leaders. Results are used to guide
efforts to meet public concerns and develop effective messages for public
information and for a media strategy. They give meaningful clues to the
likely level of public acceptance of a plan, program, or process. The Puget
Sound surveys spanned a five-year period.
Better information enhances an agency's understanding not only
of public concerns but also of the process of public involvement. An agency
can respond to survey results by providing missing or inadequate information
that did not get through to the public or was misinterpreted. This adds
to the substantive discussion of issues deemed important by respondents.
Do they have special uses?
Surveys focus public thoughts about a service and provide a context
for an opinion. A public opinion survey in Chicago found that public attitudes
about transit are not only a function of services received but are also
strongly affected by people's feelings about crime, government in general,
public civility, and the neighborhoods where a trip begins or ends. Public
opinion surveys were distributed at the Delaware DOT's public "exhibits"
of progress on a highway project. The surveys helped the DOT determine
what attendees thought of ideas under discussion and present project issues
in ways that engaged them.
Surveys indicate preferences of segments of the population. In
Utah the Wasatch Front Regional Council and the Utah Transit Authority
conducted a survey of more than 2,000 individuals to determine transportation
preferences for disabled persons. Santa Barbara, California, used a public
opinion survey in conjunction with the update of its general plan to identify
issues of particular concern to Hispanic and African-American business
people and community leaders. Lancaster County, Pennsylvania, used a visual
preference survey to determine physical aspects and patterns that residents
preferred and to show how those values could be reflected in an overall
plan for the area.
Who participates? and how?
Surveys directly involve a relatively small population of a State
or region. In turn, that population is involved only in a one-way participatory
effort, without the opportunity for give-and-take with the sponsoring agency.
For surveys with a randomized sample of the population, chosen in a statistically-valid
way, the sample can be stratified to include only people within a specific
geographic area, income group, or other category of people from whom information
is desired. Although it never replicates the overall population precisely,
it remains statistically valid.
Respondents provide a composite view of the larger population.
In a scientific, statistically-valid survey, answers are expanded to reflect
what the population as a whole might have answered if they had all been
asked the survey questions. Informal surveys can never be viewed as the
basis for such an expansion. However, large informal surveys can generally
indicate the predominant features of public opinion. In an informal survey
in Atlanta, nearly 1,500,000 people were reached through an overall media
strategy; more than 10,000 people responded by filling out questionnaires
on the regional visioning program.
Who leads public opinion surveys?
Public opinion surveys can be led by trained agency staff people.
Often, particularly for statistically valid surveys, outside help is appropriate
because of the survey's complexity. Professional survey takers also help
an agency move expeditiously and achieve the necessary accuracy to assure
the public that results are valid and unbiased.
What are the costs?
Informal public opinion surveys are relatively inexpensive. They
can be prepared by agency staff and administered at meetings or as part
of a document. But they can be useful. The Albany, New York, Metropolitan
Planning Organization took a survey to solicit comments on the structure
of the public involvement program; the results showed that multiple techniques
of public involvement in planning would be the most appropriate course
of action.
Scientific surveys are expensive because of the complexity of
drawing a sample population or structuring the questions asked. Time is
also a significant factor because of survey preparation and administration.
Collecting, transcribing, and summarizing data becomes increasingly expensive
as the number of questions or size of the sample increases. A carefully-selected
sample reflecting many types of interests within the larger population
takes additional time and money. Also, a survey cannot stand alone; it
must be accompanied by other public involvement techniques, each with its
own cost.
How are public opinion surveys organized?
An agency ascertains the need for information and then determines
the most appropriate means of getting it. If an agency needs opinions about
a planning effort or project that is getting underway, for instance, it
needs to determine whether formal or informal comments are most appropriate.
In part, this decision turns on whether the agency wants opinions relatively
quickly from known participants (an informal questionnaire) or needs considered
opinions from groups that are not ordinarily informed or involved in transportation
processes (a more formal questionnaire and sample selection process).
An agency determines the types of questions to be asked. Opinions
about the process can be elicited from those surveyed--its overall approach,
its progress to date, the direction it is taking, and potential next steps.
Also, opinions can be directed toward considering aspects of a project--the
corridor characteristics, alternatives under investigation, etc. Whether
the questions are asked of known participants or people unknown to the
agency, it is important to frame them in a clear, unambiguous manner. Sometimes
questions need to be in languages other than English or be accessible to
persons with disabilities. (See Ethnic, Minority, and Low-income Groups;
Americans with Disabilities.)
An agency establishes the survey questionnaire. Public opinion
surveys are taken in a variety of ways. A simple method is the telephone
interview. More elaborate methods, involving printed questionnaires, need
extensive preparation and testing to avoid ambiguities or misunderstandings
when received by a community respondent.
How are they used with other techniques?
Public opinion surveys supplement other techniques. For example,
results of surveys can provide grist for discussion in civic advisory committees,
charrettes, or brainstorming sessions. (See Civic Advisory Committees;
Charrettes; Brainstorming.) Survey results can be a focus of a video production
or a facilitated meeting. (See Video Techniques; Facilitation.) Surveys
usually produce quantitative results that can be counterbalanced by the
qualitative results obtainable from a focus group. (See Focus Groups.)
Public opinion surveys should be conducted so as to be accessible and understandable
to Americans with disabilities. (See Americans with Disabilities.)
Informal surveys may be included in public information materials,
especially if distributed through local newspapers. (See Public Information
Materials.)
What are the drawbacks?
Surveys are not interactive. Used in isolation, surveys produce
data, not a dialogue between the community and an agency or between groups
of people. The information in a questionnaire should be neutral to allow
respondents to make up their own minds about a question or concern. Surveys
can spread misinformation if poorly or ambiguously drafted.
A public opinion survey is sometimes difficult to undertake for
some stakeholder groups for certain topics. Some people prefer one-on-one
discussions of issues that affect them, while others prefer surveys because
they do not have time to go to meetings.
Survey results may not reflect the entire community's views,
especially in the case of informal surveys.
When are public opinion surveys most effective?
Public opinion surveys can be taken at almost any time during
a process. Used carefully and repeated over time, they keep an agency well-informed
of changes in public knowledge of a planning effort or project development
and people's preferences within that knowledge. For example, the Seattle
Regional Transit Project surveyed voters in two "waves" about 18 months
apart to determine awareness of the project, overall support, and funding,
phasing, and location preferences.
For further information:
Albany, New York, Metropolitan Planning Organization, (518) 458-2161
Central Puget Sound Regional Transit Authority, Seattle, Washington,
(206) 684-1357
Delaware Department of Transportation, (302) 739-4348
Ohio Department of Transportation, (614) 466-7170
Utah Department of Transportation, (801) 965-4359
FACILITATION
What is facilitation?
Facilitation is guidance of a group in a problem-solving process.
The group leader--a facilitator--is neutral in regard to the issues or
topics under discussion. The facilitator works with the group as a whole
and provides procedural help in moving toward a conclusion. For example,
facilitation of community meetings on the proposed Monongahela Valley Expressway
between Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, and Morgantown, West Virginia, led to
an agreement by the Pennsylvania Turnpike Commission to divide the project
into separate, more manageable segments.
It is managed by the facilitator with the consent of the participants.
The goal of both the facilitator and the group is to arrive at a collective
decision through substantive discussions.
Facilitation leads toward empowerment and consensus. To the extent
that a group is representative of stakeholders, the conclusion is a position
or a level of consensus it has jointly achieved.
Facilitation has these basic features:
group energies are focused on a task
or a limited issue;
discussion is structured without controlling
what is said;
discussion is kept to the topic, with
new issues identified and reformulated as they arise;
participation in discussion is equalized;
and
the facilitator probes for consensus
or agreement on issues.
Why is it useful?
Facilitation brings out all points of view represented in the
group. In a small group, a facilitator can encourage discussion from all
participants. (See Small Group Techniques.) Sharing viewpoints stimulates
discussion. Given a lack of full expression of views, a facilitator can
ask hypothetical questions to get discussion moving. (See Negotiation and
Mediation.)
Time is often saved through facilitation. Ongoing differences
of opinion or stalemate challenge a neutral facilitator. The application
of facilitation skills is useful to break a stalemate and allow a group
to move toward consensus. In Washington State, completion of I-90
depended on facilitation of agreement between the Department of Transportation
and a neighborhood group looking for mitigation of nighttime construction.
Facilitators works for an open process. They ensure that the
group is fully aware of the issues prior to discussion of steps to be taken.
Facilitators assures that education on technical issues takes place as
appropriate and seek out the stances of participants on those issues. They
ensure that points are clarified and elicit follow-up on questions. Opinions
are respected by facilitators, who assure that all members of the group
are respectful of each other's views.
Does it have special uses?
Facilitation indicates a commitment to action. A facilitated
meeting takes on an importance a regular meeting does not have. Its designation
indicates an agency's commitment to offer a way of overcoming a specific
obstacle. Its existence demonstrates a commitment to involving local people
in the decision-making process. It demonstrates that the sponsor is open
to taking public comment to heart.
Facilitation is flexible. It can be used at almost any time to
assist a group in surmounting an obstacle to collaborative decision-making.
It can be used to discuss either small or overarching issues. It can be
used for comprehensive planning issues, project-level decision-making,
policy review, or detailed design.
Who participates? and how?
Representatives of community groups or stakeholders are invited
to participate in a facilitated group. A widespread diversity in viewpoints
is expected to exist on issues. This diversity must be represented to ensure
full discussion. (See Ethnic, Minority, and Low-income Groups; Americans
with Disabilities.)
No special training of participants is required. Many individuals
within a group may have a depth of interest in issues being discussed.
This interest may range from a broad, long-term view of the issues within
a geographic area to a specific and more short-term view of issues surrounding
a project or program.
People participate by examining and discussing issues with others
in the group. Discussions are in as much depth as available time permits.
A facilitator helps a group work within the time available to it. Typically,
major points of discussion are recorded by an individual assigned the task.
The facilitator may not be able to take minutes; another individual can
be assigned the task.
How do agencies use the output?
Facilitation is aimed toward a product, which may be reactions
to agency policies or proposals or a consensus on an action to be taken.
For example, meetings to develop a regional transit plan for Seattle were
facilitated with professional assistance hired by an agency.
Group consensus is used as input to an agency's work. A facilitator's
goal is to bring a group together on an action or issue and find points
of agreement. She or he may be able to craft a compromise position through
give-and-take and over a relatively short period of time.
Who facilitates?
A neutral facilitator is selected by the sponsor to lead the
group. The facilitator must be accepted by the group as unbiased, constructive,
and fair. She or he is an experienced professional familiar with assisting
group discussions via group processes, communication, and conflict resolution
skills. The facilitator elicits both facts and opinions and helps the group
distinguish between them. It is helpful if the facilitator is also intimately
familiar with the subject matter of the discussion.
In this capacity, a facilitator does not express a personal opinion.
Neutrality is maintained at all times. If an opinion is requested, it can
be given, but prior to offering the opinion the facilitator announces that
she or he is stepping out of the neutral role. At no time should a facilitator
make a decision for the group. The "what I'm hearing" technique brings
discussion back to the agenda and checks on whether people are in agreement.
A facilitator leads the meeting in an informal manner. Humor
is helpful in providing a relaxed atmosphere. A positive attitude is essential,
as is uncritical recording of ideas from participants.
What are the costs?
Facilitation requires agency support staff. Minutes must be taken.
A site for the meeting must be selected. Agency representatives typically
attend to provide responses to participants' questions. In some instances,
an agency needs to carefully explain its position or analysis, requiring
staff to be available.
Material needs are minimal, but a quiet meeting room is mandatory.
A flip chart is essential to write down participants' comments. Background
information must be prepared as appropriate so that participants can quickly
grasp the issues. Written materials dealing with contextual issues may
be needed at hand to supplement information provided to the participants
at the meeting.
How is facilitation organized?
The sponsor determines the need for facilitation. A divisive
issue may call for facilitation. For example, the Virginia Department of
Transportation (DOT) used a facilitator to work on resolving potential
conflicts with neighborhood organizations. The sponsor selects a neutral
person for the role, sometimes from within the agency but more usually
from an outside source.
The sponsor determines the meeting's agenda and schedule. An
agenda may cover one or more issues to be discussed. The sponsor meets
with the facilitator to discuss the agenda and approach to be taken within
the meeting. A site is selected, typically in a space that participants
perceive to be neutral.
The facilitator conducts the meeting. The sponsor does not attempt
to control the direction of the meeting once it is underway. The facilitator
conducts the meeting toward its stated goals and may add questions to elicit
responses from individuals. A facilitator records participants' comments
on a flip chart or butcher paper without editorializing.
How is it used with other techniques?
Facilitation supplements other techniques. A facilitator can
assist an established civic advisory committee to progress toward its goals.
(See Civic Advisory Committees.) Facilitation is a requirement for a charrette
or a focus group and can also be used in brainstorming or visioning sessions.
(See Charrettes; Focus Groups; Brainstorming; Visioning.) It is typically
used in a collaborative task force. (See Collaborative Task Forces.) Facilitation
can be used in discussions associated with transportation fairs. (See Transportation
Fairs.) Video can be used to record facilitated proceedings. (See Video
Techniques.) In Idaho, facilitators helped with both focus groups and a
civic advisory committee working on the initial efforts in a regional long-range
plan.
What are the drawbacks?
Facilitation must be done by a neutral person. When a group perceives
that a facilitator is biased, it feels manipulated by an agency. In practice
an impartial person may need to be sought from outside an agency--which
raises the expense of conducting a meeting. A respected community member
is often an appropriate choice.
There is a limit on the number of interests that can be facilitated
in a meeting. The sponsor of the process must recognize these limits
in establishing the group.
Opponents may refuse to consider each other's ideas, despite
the presence of an experienced facilitator. People who feel they are being
controlled or patronized are likely to withdraw from full participation.
Agency staff who feel that the process is leading nowhere may not respond
appropriately to questions from participants.
Time constraints work against facilitation. A short meeting may
not provide enough time for a full discussion of the issue at hand. Participants
feel short-changed if insufficient time is allotted to discussion of a
controversial issue.
For further information:
Idaho Department of Transportation, (208) 334-4444
Maine Department of Transportation, (207) 287-3131
Pennsylvania Turnpike Commission, (717) 939-9551
Virginia Department of Transportation, (804) 786-2935
Washington State Department of Transportation, (206) 440-4696
NEGOTIATION AND MEDIATION
What are negotiation and mediation?
Negotiation and non-binding mediation are alternative dispute resolution
(ADR) processes designed to resolve a conflict between parties unable
to reach agreement. ADR procedures aim to resolve conflict before it moves
toward the courts. Agency staff can use some ADR procedures; others require
outside experts, often called third-party neutrals. In some ADR procedures
such as binding arbitration, third parties make decisions. Binding procedures,
however, are not appropriate to transportation planning and project development.
This report deals only with non-binding techniques.
The major ADR procedures suited to transportation decision-making
are negotiation, facilitation, and non-binding mediation.
Negotiation is the process of
bargaining between two (or more) interests. It can be conducted
directly by the concerned parties or can take place during the mediation
process. In negotiation, the concerned parties meet to resolve a dispute.
In Nevada and California, after a suit was filed against the Lake Tahoe-area
Metropolitan Planning Organization (MPO), environmentalists, developers,
and other participants negotiated in workshops and small meetings to develop
mutually acceptable environmental standards and long-range plans. The city
of Salamanca, New York, negotiated with representatives of the Seneca Indian
Nation to reach consensus on steps to provide economic development opportunities
for the tribe. (See Small Group Techniques.)
Facilitation refers to skilled
leadership focused on meeting process and organization. Agency
staff or third parties can facilitate. Because it is broadly applicable
to public involvement situations other than dispute resolution, facilitation
is presented in this volume as a separate technique. (See Facilitation.)
Mediation uses a trained, impartial
third party to help reach consensus on substantive issues at disagreement
among conflicting parties in public involvement. A mediator can be from
within or outside an agency but must be neutral and perceived as such by
all parties. While mediation can be binding or non-binding, only non-binding
mediation is considered here. Non-binding mediation generally has the following
characteristics:
a neutral third party, impartial and unaligned with any side of the conflict,
is appointed to find consensus; the third party has no decision-making
authority;
all interested parties are included, by agreement;
the parties are asked to participate voluntarily;
opportunities are offered for local people, as well as officials or leaders,
to be heard;
community people receive responses to their suggestions or concerns;
the parties work toward reaching consensus; the third party makes suggestions
for possible compromise positions and otherwise helps the parties negotiate;
if agreement is reached, it is usually considered a commitment on both
sides;
written agreements, memoranda, meeting minutes, or reports are usually
included; and
sessions are typically confidential and often protected by State statute
as such.
Mediation and facilitation have some similarities but are not the
same. Facilitation is similar to mediation in that participants work
toward mutual understanding with the help of a leader. However, facilitation
works toward building consensus within a meeting, right from the beginning
of the process, while mediation is usually employed when an impasse is
reached.
Why are they useful?
Sometimes consensus-building efforts lead to an impasse. This
is especially true for controversial or complex projects. In such cases,
both agencies and participants need another means to determine which way
to go.
Mediation and negotiation take a problem-solving approach rather
than an adversarial one. The process helps participants:
resolve differences without court
suits;
facilitate agreement and address primary
concerns of involved local residents, abutters, and/or interested groups;
work together to ease implementation
of a plan or project;
obtain agreement without an agency
imposing an unpopular or polarizing decision; and
deal directly with a project proponent
or agency as an equal participant.
Mediation helps reach consensus on controversial transportation plans
and projects. It is often used in construction disagreements with contractors.
Outside the field of transportation, examples of how mediation has been
used range from child custody disputes to conflicts over siting hazardous
waste or energy facilities. In transportation, the Pennsylvania Department
of Transportation (DOT) has used mediation for several years. As one example,
for Philadelphia's new interstate Route I-476,
an outside consultant worked to develop agreements between community people
and the agency regarding environmental and mitigation issues that had stalled
the project.
Mediation and negotiation provide a structured, semi-formal, and
orderly way for people to find agreement. They require no one to commit
to an outcome that may be unpredictable. The consensus reached through
them is non-binding on participants.
Alternatives to mediation and negotiation are more costly and time-consuming.
A dispute resolution process can avoid time wasted in unproductive or acrimonious
debate at meetings, litigation, major redrafts of plans when they are nearly
complete, or staff effort spent rebuilding agency credibility.
Do they have special uses?
Negotiation is especially useful in informal situations--to resolve
differences among parties, avoid engaging a broader group with local disputes,
or address several aspects of a dispute simultaneously. Negotiation can
be brought into a process at any time but is most effective before polarization.
In Hampton, Virginia, a negotiation process to find consensus on a new
connector road was established. Participants were trained in the steps
of the process. When the staff was further trained in facilitation and
collaborative methods, consensus-building became a regular element in Hampton's
planning efforts.
Mediation, by contrast, has a special and distinctive use: it
is generally employed when a process has reached an impasse or major breakdown.
Mediation has been employed in transportation projects and long-range planning
studies where profound disagreement has occurred. In the Boston, Massachusetts,
Central Artery/Tunnel Project, the process resolved an impasse over a critical
river crossing design, leading to adoption of an alternate plan. In Fort
Worth, Texas, a mediator was hired after local groups and residents filed
suit over the findings of an environmental impact study for expansion of
I-30. The process resulted in
more highway options, which were broadly supported within the community
and carried forward into further study.
Who participates? and how?
It is essential to include all potential stakeholders in establishing
a dispute resolution process. Stakeholders may include neighborhood residents,
local business people, abutters, regional interest groups, public officials,
and agencies. Failure to include all pertinent interests undoes consensus.
A person or group whose position has been ignored can challenge the legitimacy
of the process. Parties need to be identifiable and willing to participate.
All participants must feel some pressure to agree and must have concluded
that they cannot do better by steam rolling each other or going outside
the transportation process by, for example, appealing to the political
process.
Parties in a dispute resolution process can appoint or elect representatives
in order to avoid large, unwieldy meetings. This requires that groups be
sufficiently well-organized to identify leaders who can speak for the group
credibly. In Silver Spring, Maryland, representatives of project opponents
and proponents, the county, and a developer came to the table to resolve
a dispute involving a proposed downtown shopping and office development.
The size of the small, representative group helped to resolve the issues
quickly.
The representative process requires a high degree of cooperation
and trust in selecting individuals to serve. A strong neighborhood
group in Minneapolis, Minnesota, served as the focus of leadership meetings
with police and other agencies to address drug and crime problems in disadvantaged
neighborhoods. Churches represented many residents and created a focus
for consensus building in the Binghamton, New York, downtown revitalization
project, and in the Fredericksburg, Virginia, homeless shelter program.
Mediation usually consists of a series of meetings. Negotiation can
consist of one or more meetings among parties. All participants are
accorded equal status in the process and are encouraged to present their
views on each issue. For maximum success and effective participation, the
process must strive for:
regular and timely opportunities for
participation;
an on-going commitment from each participant
to attend meetings;
full and honest expression of issues
and concerns;
complete willingness to listen to
other participants; and
agreement on the process and basic
guidelines for managing it.
An agency sponsors and/or participates in a mediation or negotiation
process. Agency staff members develop and use negotiation and consensus-building
skills as a regular part of their public involvement practice. Agency staff
people also are potential third-party mediators, although they should not
serve in situations where their neutrality on the issues is in question.
Effective professional negotiators focus on meeting the parties' underlying
interests. By doing so, they open up many areas for creative resolution.
Amateur negotiators commonly understand negotiation as the hard-nosed exchange
of positions in which one party starts low, the other high, and each tries
to give as little as possible in the process of reaching an agreeable middle
ground. Professional negotiators avoid this win-lose approach and strive
for win-win solutions. The Pennsylvania DOT has on-call mediation consultants
who are called in as necessary. Its project engineers are aware that they
can request assistance on an as-needed basis from agency headquarters when
projects begin to encounter obstacles, and that expert consultants can
be assigned to resolve conflicts, if approved by agency officials.
How do agencies use the output?
The goal of all dispute resolution is to reach a publicly-supported
decision by addressing and resolving pertinent concerns. Thus, the
result should be consensus on a course of action, including the possibility
of not going ahead with a plan.
Producing long-term results requires on-going leadership. While
many uses of dispute resolution center around a particular plan, sometimes
mediation and negotiation are used as needed over a longer period of time
to keep a process moving forward. For 23 years, a mayoral advisory board
in Indianapolis, Indiana, has used negotiation and mediation by group leaders
to resolve competing community objectives regarding allocation of resources
and to foster economic growth and civic expansion.
Mediation can resolve impasses over controversial projects. In
Chapel Hill, North Carolina, a third-party mediator (who was also a local
architect versed in design concepts) worked with neighbors, city officials,
and business people to develop a consensus design for a new McDonald's
restaurant opposed by the community.
Mediation or negotiation can be used in addressing priorities
for capital improvements. In New Jersey, mediation of a State Department
of Transportation road widening project in Montgomery Township successfully
resulted in a plan using staggered phases of implementation spread over
several years.
Mediation has helped in developing policies for new regulations
by bringing opposing sides together and avoiding obstacles and potential
disputes. The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency often uses a mediator
to develop consensus over regulations among a range of public and private
interests, for example in the areas of water and air quality.
Who leads these techniques?
In mediation, an outside party or someone from within an agency serves
as a third party, provided she or he is neutral and is perceived as
such by all parties. The individual should have the following qualifications:
training in dispute resolution;
experience from many possible fields--including
public involvement, law, business management, planning, and training;
no stake in the outcome;
a relationship of trust with all parties
to a dispute;
strict impartiality and fairness;
and
ability to make suggestions and to
find areas of agreement.
A mediator frequently creates a draft working document that is
modified through discussions with all parties to reflect developing points
of consensus.
A skilled mediator should be able to work on a single issue on
a short-term basis, with the possible option to remain involved as a monitor
of future activity or implementation. In Eugene, Oregon, the mayor hired
an experienced mediator to assist in developing more positive relationships
between city agency staff and minority community residents. After a two-day
process filled with frank and open discussion, strong relationships were
formed between previously unconnected staff and community people.
Negotiation is led by agency staff or management. The chief qualification
is a good understanding of interest-based negotiations--whether from training
or experience.
Trained consensus-builders and mediators are available throughout
the United States. Agency staff can also be trained to develop their
facilitation, negotiation, and consensus-building skills. The North Front
Range Transportation and Air Quality Council--the MPO for Fort Collins,
Colorado, area--hired a consultant to train the staff in mediation and
consensus-building.
How are these processes organized?
The first activity of any mediation or negotiation is conflict assessment.
The third party or agency staff needs to address such questions as: is
the conflict resolvable? and what are possible resolution approaches?
Further preparation is crucial. In beginning a process it is
essential to:
identify essential participants;
afford all participants an equal standing;
structure sessions to encourage participation;
find a neutral location for meetings,
probably not in an agency's headquarters;
achieve consensus among participants
on the agenda;
find convenient times for meetings;
and
provide sufficient time between sessions
to do follow-up work and analysis;
A successful negotiation might be completed in a very short time--as
little as an hour for a very specific issue with a small number of stakeholders,
where generally positive, trusting relationships are already in place.
For a complex mediation, many months may be required, and large
complex transportation issues involving many stakeholders may take a year
or two or more. A meeting every two to four weeks for two to four hours
is a common scenario. Time between sessions is often needed for staff to
modify plans or conduct additional analysis to respond to participants'
concerns.
In mediation, the work varies but usually includes the following
steps:
open the discussion and outline the
process;
agree on the scope of effort and roles
of participants;
reach consensus on the agenda among
participants;
review the ground rules (one person
speaks at a time, etc.);
ask all sides to present their viewpoints,
perceptions of the issues, and reasons for the dispute;
help people express their concerns;
state all the issues;
review any points of agreement that
can be determined;
develop several alternative scenarios
to bridge the gap between the disputing parties;
work with all sides to develop a solution
to the dispute; and
document elements of project alternatives,
funding priorities, or other decisions agreed upon by the various interest
groups.
In negotiation, the process is more flexible but usually involves
the following steps:
identify underlying interests, as
contrasted to positions;
develop alternative scenarios to meet
underlying interests;
combine or further refine scenarios
to meet as many interests as possible; and
select a scenario via consensus.
Sometimes participants do not feel comfortable meeting in the same
room with their opponents. In such cases, the third party meets individually
with participants outside the group to work out an agreement step-by-step.
The mediator carries proposals between nearby conference rooms until the
issues are resolved. In a significant historic example, President Carter
carried draft documents between Prime Minister Begin and President Sadat--in
different cottages at Camp David--to obtain a formal Middle East peace
agreement. In this less open method, strict confidentiality must be pledged
by all participants at the outset and followed throughout the process.
In some situations, use of a third party follows stringent confidentiality
principles, although the resulting agreement becomes a public document
or is available to anyone who is interested.
What helps people change their positions?
Guiding participants toward finding shared and compatible interests
is an effective method. Usually participants take strong positions assumed
to be "the only answer" to addressing their needs or wants. Often, however,
alternatives exist that still respond to the party's interests but are
easier for other parties to accept or consider.
Identifying interests begins with asking questions. Asking participants
why they feel a certain way clarifies basic needs and desires that have
not yet been articulated. Breaking down general interests into specific
elements helps focus the areas of disagreement. Suggesting alternative
choices also works. Figuring out why people have made certain choices is
a first step toward finding different ways of fulfilling their interests
that may be more compatible with the other party's needs.
Working toward consensus by identifying interests rather than establishing
positions is a key skill that leads to effective cooperative decision-making
and consensus-building. Using professionals and seeking information and
strategies from books and other resources helps make ADR processes successful.
How are negotiation and mediation used with other public involvement
techniques?
Negotiation is part of an overall public involvement process
and of many individual techniques. Collaborative task forces have consensus-building
as a major goal and often use negotiation as an integral element of their
activities. (See Collaborative Task Forces.) Practitioners who have honed
their dispute resolution skills use them informally in day-to-day work
with participants and other planning team members to help foster coalitions
and move toward consensus.
Written materials are required to provide information about issues
or plans under discussion in mediation and negotiation, as in other
public involvement techniques. Disputes are often overcome by providing
adequate information or targeted materials that respond to the needs of
individual participants or groups. (See Public Information Materials.)
What are the drawbacks?
A dispute resolution process such as mediation or long-term negotiation
sometimes involves a large number of interests, adds time to a process
(particularly when it follows a failed previous effort), and requires significant
management and organization. A think tank on welfare issues in Shelby County,
Tennessee, consisted of representatives of 65 members of the clergy, businesses
and business organizations, providers of social services, and community
organizations. A one-year negotiation and consensus-building effort was
required for the group leader to gain commitments and guiding principles
from this large group of agencies and organizations.
Hiring a mediator or a trained negotiator is usually much more expensive
than using in-house personnel. The advantage is a more skillful mediation
and/or negotiation and an improved process, along with a clearer position
of neutrality. Sometimes a participant serves as a third party if she or
he is regarded as impartial by others.
Mediation may require special preparation for participants. Some
groups may not be sufficiently well-organized to participate; for example,
neighborhoods with no leadership. All participants, including less powerful
interests, must have equal standing within the process. Consideration must
be given to participants' range of knowledge and experience with the subject
matter. Special printed material and briefing sessions are often necessary
to give all participants an equal level of basic knowledge and understanding
so they can participate effectively in the dispute resolution process.
Participants are not always pleased with the results of mediation.
Failure occurs when mediation is undertaken after people have dug in their
heels and view compromise or any alteration in their position as "losing."
Sometimes conflicts occur among people's basic values, such as accepting
certain environmental impacts. If a large power imbalance among interests
exists, mediation may raise expectations among the less powerful that cannot
be fulfilled.
For various reasons, consensus may unravel. Poor attendance suggests
a lack of trust or "buy-in" to the process. If participants drift away
over a long dispute resolution process, consensus may be weak and difficult
to sustain in action. Even strong consensus unravels if agreements are
broken, priorities are not followed, or principles are forgotten.
Agencies often fear the challenges and sparks that arise with
many competing interests. Residents, local officials, interest groups,
and agency staff may have long histories of hostility. Finding ways of
defusing such antipathy and developing a fruitful mediation process is
a challenge. A skilled third party's role is to effectively deal with hostility
and make the outcome a success. Agency staff with strong negotiation skills
also help to create a more positive working relationship.
Are mediation and negotiation flexible?
Mediation and negotiation have considerable flexibility. The
processes:
are useful in long-range planning
and project development;
resolve either major or minor conflicts;
are effective with either small or
large groups;
take place in different-size municipalities
or regions;
apply in a variety of settings--between
groups or within groups;
work in homes, offices, or specially-designed
facilities or conference settings; and
take place over a range of time frames--short-
or long-term.
Choosing the most appropriate dispute resolution technique depends
on the circumstances and characteristics of the dispute, the participants,
and the dispute resolution strategy.
When are they used most effectively?
Mediation is most effective when other less formal consensus-building
fails and an impasse has been reached. Negotiation is most effective
before an impasse is reached.
Mediation and negotiation must be part of a participatory process
that includes such regular activities as working group meetings, hands-on
discussion sessions, and timely responses to comments and concerns. Attempts
to reach consensus by addressing concerns early helps prevent an impasse.
Consensus-building generates trust that agencies will cooperate to reach
a mutually satisfactory solution or agreement. Through mediation, agencies
find help in reaching agreements, but they are still ultimately responsible
for making final decisions.
For further information:
American Arbitration Association Headquarters, (212) 484-4000
City Manager's Office, Fort Worth, Texas, (817) 871-6111
Community Mediation Centers--American Bar Association, (202) 331-2661
Greater Indianapolis Progress Committee, Indianapolis, Indiana, (317)
286-3160
Harvard Law School, Program on Negotiation, (617) 495-3100
National Institute for Dispute Resolution, (202) 466-4764
Pennsylvania Department of Transportation, (717) 772-2563
Program for Community Problem Solving, (202) 626-3183
Society of Professionals in Dispute Resolution, (202) 783-7277
University of Virginia Institute for Environmental Mediation, (804)
924-1970
Chapter 3. GETTING FEEDBACK FROM PARTICIPANTS
C. TAKING INITIAL STEPS
Agencies need specific ways to solicit feedback from community people,
resolve differences, and integrate the results into a process of planning
or project development. Some initial steps include the following:
T Determine how and when feedback
information will be used.
Be receptive to feedback and prepare to use it during ongoing staff
work in planning and project development. Determine when feedback on specific
issues is needed and by whom.
T Establish clear channels
for feedback to affect agency decision-making.
Provide a well-defined avenue for information, testimony, and opinions
from the public to reach agency decision-makers and policy-setters.
T Set up ways to give further
information and get comments and questions.
Establish telephone connections that people routinely can use to obtain
information and give feedback, comments, or support. However, because many
people prefer methods that are instantaneous and hassle-free, supplement
telephone connections with other methods, such as on-line services, that
make it easier to give and get information.
T Sponsor brief surveys or
small groups to preview community viewpoints.
Investigate a small but representative sample of the community to pinpoint
people's preferences quickly. Design the form of the survey to objectively
test preferences.
T Sponsor focus groups to ascertain
community concerns in detail.
Hold focus groups of representative people to get a broad outline of
what people want to see and what concerns agencies might encounter in specific
situations. Repeat the technique in more than one location to help determine
geographic-based differences in opinion. Use the results to help set up
an overall public involvement strategy and specific procedures.
T If an impasse is reached,
try negotiation or third-party intervention.
Assess the complexity of the conflict to be resolved and how intently
participants are holding to their own positions without compromise. Use
a skilled, in-house person to work informally with the parties to reach
consensus. If the stalemate holds fast, bring in a mediator or other third-party
neutral to assist the group in approaching the issues from other angles,
improving their conflict resolution skills, and coming to agreement.
T Evaluate the approach with
participant advisors.
Ask participant advisors if a technique is appropriate or rewarding.
Meet with community advisors to get a sense of the best methods of getting
feedback and comments and resolving conflicts.
Chapter 4. USING SPECIAL TECHNIQUES TO ENHANCE PARTICIPATION
Public involvement programs aim to involve the largest possible segment
of the population. Yet traditional methods such as meetings and hearings
frequently interest only a small group of people. Capturing the attention
of a larger, more representative group requires careful planning and often
substantial effort. Maintaining that attention level is even more of a
challenge.
How does an agency know when its public involvement program needs
enhancement?
Gradually declining attendance or static membership among participants
is a major signal that a program is not engaging. Another signal is a dearth
of questions from participants or expressions of concern that progress
is not being made.
Why are special techniques useful?
An enjoyable and productive public involvement experience gets people
talking and enhances an agency's image in their minds. If agency efforts
are unique and stimulating, people more readily spread the word about them.
Agencies themselves renew their enthusiasm and take more pride in their
efforts to involve the public. Communication often improves. And the best
result is a more effective and extensive collaboration between an agency
and the public in transportation planning and project development.
How does an agency attract people who do not usually participate?
Special techniques are available to attract both new and existing participants
or give a jump-start to a lackluster public participation program. These
techniques, best used occasionally rather than regularly, may not guarantee
continued interest, but they do hold promise for more interesting and varied
participation and feedback. Several options are described on the following
pages:
A. holding special events;
B. changing a meeting approach;
C. finding new ways to communicate; and
D. taking initial action steps.
Chapter 4. USING SPECIAL TECHNIQUES TO ENHANCE PARTICIPATION
A. HOLDING SPECIAL EVENTS
People like special events now and then. These unique occasions are
light-hearted and intended to be fun for participants. They have a holiday-like
feeling clearly different from day-to-day meetings and hearings. They give
community people opportunities to meet others in a friendly, non-threatening
setting and share their ideas. People like the freedom and openness of
pleasurable events that do not demand immediate action or response.
Nearly any public involvement program benefits by incorporating special,
one-time events. They complement many techniques by providing exhilarating
breaks during a larger and longer process. A special event does not require
a commitment to hold another such occasion, unless evaluation determines
it is likely to be useful and appropriate.
Special events reach new participants. Individuals who have not participated
in transportation planning or project development become interested because
of exposure to agency work at a special event. Special events help current
participants recruit neighbors to the process and demonstrate why it can
be fun. With the help of participant advisors, an agency can determine
if a special event is appropriate and if its timing can be integrated with
other community events.
During special events in a public involvement program, messages about
transportation--while clearly a motivating force--should be understated
to keep the occasion light and friendly.
Special events take many forms. Two techniques have potentially significant
use for transportation planning and project development:
transportation fairs; and
games and contests.
TRANSPORTATION FAIRS
What is a transportation fair?
A transportation fair is an event used to interest community
members in transportation and in specific projects or programs. It is typically
a one-day event, heavily promoted to encourage people to attend. Attractions